summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/30588-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '30588-h')
-rw-r--r--30588-h/30588-h.htm6244
-rw-r--r--30588-h/images/illus-077.jpgbin0 -> 85235 bytes
-rw-r--r--30588-h/images/illus-143.jpgbin0 -> 71448 bytes
-rw-r--r--30588-h/images/illus-185.jpgbin0 -> 84825 bytes
-rw-r--r--30588-h/images/illus-fpc.jpgbin0 -> 84208 bytes
5 files changed, 6244 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/30588-h/30588-h.htm b/30588-h/30588-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ceabc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30588-h/30588-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6244 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" >
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+<meta name="generator" content="eppg.py 0.33 (02-Dec-2009)" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Pony Rider Boys in Alaska, by Frank Gee Patchin</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+body {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%;}
+p {margin-top:1ex; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0; text-align:justify;}
+p + p {margin-top:0; text-indent:1em;}
+div.center {text-indent:0em; margin-bottom:4px; margin-top:4px;}
+div.poetry {text-indent:0em; margin-left:2em; margin-bottom:4px; margin-top:4px;}
+p.center {text-align:center; text-indent:0em;}
+p.caption {font-size:smaller; text-indent:0em;}
+p.tp {font-size:1em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:center; text-indent:0em;}
+h1,h2 {text-align:center; font-weight:normal;}
+h1 {font-size:1.6em;}
+h2 {font-size:1.4em; margin-top:4ex; margin-bottom:2ex;}
+a {text-decoration:none;}
+div.figcenter p {text-align:center;}
+div.figcenter {text-align:center; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}
+span.h2fs {font-size:smaller;}
+table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; clear:both;}
+td.c2 {text-align:left; padding-right:20px; vertical-align:top; padding-top:10px;}
+hr.pb {border:none; page-break-after:always; margin-top:4em;}
+.pagenum {display:none;}
+.pncolor {color:inherit;}
+
+@media screen {
+hr.pb {margin:30px 0; width:100%; border:none; border-top:thin dashed silver;}
+.pagenum {display:inline; font-size:x-small; text-align:right; text-indent:0;
+ position:absolute; right:2%; padding:1px 3px; font-style:normal;
+ font-variant:normal; font-weight:normal; text-decoration:none;
+ background-color:inherit; border:1px solid #eee;}
+.pncolor {color:silver;}
+}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Pony Rider Boys in Alaska, by Frank Gee Patchin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Pony Rider Boys in Alaska
+ The Gold Diggers of Taku Pass
+
+Author: Frank Gee Patchin
+
+Release Date: December 2, 2009 [EBook #30588]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PONY RIDER BOYS IN ALASKA ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<div class='figcenter'>
+<img src='images/illus-fpc.jpg' id="img001" alt='' />
+<p class='center caption'>
+&#8220;I File the Claim!&#8221; Shouted Tad. <i>Frontispiece.</i>
+</p></div>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p class='tp' style='font-size:2.0em;margin-bottom:20px;'>The Pony Rider Boys
+in<br />Alaska</p>
+<p class='tp' style='margin-bottom:10px;'>OR</p>
+<p class='tp' style='font-size:1.4em;margin-bottom:30px;'>The Gold Diggers of
+Taku Pass</p>
+<p class='tp' style=''>By</p>
+<p class='tp' style='font-size:1.2em;'>FRANK GEE PATCHIN</p>
+<p class='tp' style='font-size:smaller;margin-bottom:30px;'>Author of The Pony
+Rider Boys in the Rockies, The Pony Rider Boys<br />
+in Texas, The Pony Rider Boys in Montana, The Pony Rider<br />
+Boys in the Ozarks, The Pony Rider Boys in the Alkali,<br />
+The Pony Rider Boys in New Mexico, The Pony<br />
+Rider Boys in the Grand Canyon, The Pony Rider<br />
+Boys with the Texas Rangers, The Pony<br />
+Rider Boys on the Blue Ridge, The Pony<br />
+Rider Boys in New England, The<br />
+Pony Rider Boys in Louisiana,<br />
+etc., etc.</p>
+<p class='tp' style='margin-bottom:20px;'>Illustrated</p>
+<p class='tp' style=''>THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY</p>
+<p class='tp' style=''>Akron, Ohio New York</p>
+<p class='tp' style='font-size:smaller;'>Made in U. S. A.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<div style='font-size:smaller'>
+<p class='tp' style=''>Copyright MCMXXIV</p>
+<p class='tp' style='margin-bottom:20px;'><i>By</i> THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY</p>
+<p class='tp' style=''>PRINTED IN THE</p>
+<p class='tp' style=''>UNITED STATES OF AMERICA</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p class='tp' style='font-size:1.2em;'>CONTENTS</p>
+
+<table summary='toc'>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3" style='text-align:right;font-size:smaller;'>PAGE</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter I&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Through Enchanting Waters</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_1'>11</a></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td>&#160;</td>
+<td>The mystery of the Gold Diggers. The story of an Indian capture. The
+skipper gives himself a hunch. The lure of the yellow metal. The abode
+of an angry spirit.
+</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter II&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Boys Scent a Plot</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_2'>29</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Ned Rector puts his foot in. The man with the combustible whiskers.
+Tad overhears an exciting conversation. His duty not clear to him.
+Attacked by a desperado.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter III&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>In Desperate Straits</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_3'>40</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Almost hurled overboard. Help comes in the nick of time. Tad accuses
+his assailant. Whiskers as evidence. Plotters are driven from the ship
+by young Butler.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter IV&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>On the Overland Trail</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_4'>48</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;You have neglected your horse education.&#8221; Tad amazes a horse trader.
+Chunky wants no &#8220;quick&#8221; mules. Driving a keen bargain. The boys decide
+to guide themselves.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter V&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Traveling a Dangerous Mountain Pass</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_5'>59</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>The Professor tells the boys about the &#8220;great country.&#8221; When a fellow
+needs a bird&#8217;s eye. A toboggan slide that might reach to Asia. Pony
+Rider Boys hear a terrifying sound.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter VI&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Caught in a Giant Slide</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_6'>69</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>A pack mule swept from the ledge. Tad fires a humane shot. Taking
+desperate chances to rescue the pack. &#8220;I don&#8217;t propose to lose my
+lasso.&#8221;</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter VII&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Going to Bed by Daylight</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_7'>82</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>How the pack mule was buried. Heavy obstacles are overcome. A cure for
+cold feet. The fat boy knows his own capacity. Tents are swallowed up
+in the gloom of an Alaskan night.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter VIII&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>An Intruder in the Camp</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_8'>91</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>The fat boy&#8217;s singing brings disaster. Professor Zepplin wields his
+stick. A wild scrimmage in pajamas. The mystery of the lost ham.
+&#8220;There has been a prowler in this camp while we slept!&#8221;</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter IX&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Mystery Unsolved</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_9'>103</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;It was an Indian who did this job.&#8221; Stacy is roped out of bed. Two
+fish on one hook. Suspicion is directed toward Tad. Ned&#8217;s head suffers
+the loss of some hair.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter X&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>In the Home of the Thlinkits</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_10'>113</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Ned Rector is full of fight. Stacy makes Tad Butler dance. Chunky
+plans revenge. The fat boy finds a food emporium. A mother squaw in a
+rage.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XI&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Guide Who Made a Hit</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_11'>125</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;Me heap big smart man.&#8221; Anvik refuses to &#8220;mush&#8221; because the spirits
+are abroad. &#8220;Him kick like buck caribou.&#8221; Tad Butler gets a new title.
+Off for the wilds.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XII&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>In the Heart of Nature</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_12'>136</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>From trail to trackless wilderness. A grilling hike. Tad, in a fine
+shot, bags an antelope. &#8220;Hooray! Maybe that was a chance shot!&#8221; A
+ducking in an icy mountain stream.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XIII&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Pony Rider Boy&#8217;s Pluck</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'> <a href='#link_13'>146</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Tad carries the dead doe to camp. &#8220;Him heap big little man.&#8221; Stacy
+knows how to &#8220;skin the cat.&#8221; The antelope dressed by the Indian guide.
+Fresh meat in plenty now.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XIV&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Stacy Bumps the Bumps</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_14'>152</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>The difficulty of leading a mule. Chunky and the animal go over the
+brink. Tin cans rattle down the mountain side. The fat boy hung up by
+one foot.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XV&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Story in the Dead Fire</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_15'>162</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;White boy see almost like Indian.&#8221; Campers had left in a hurry. Stacy
+discovers something. Eating ice cream with a pickle fork. Surrounded
+by mysteries in the great mountains.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XVI&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Sign from the Mountain Top</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_16'>167</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;Him white man smoke.&#8221; The wonders of mountain signaling. Friends or
+enemies? Overwhelmed by an avalanche of ice. A roar and an even more
+terrifying silence.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XVII&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>An Unexpected Meeting</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_17'>174</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;Innua him mad.&#8221; Heap big ice nearly wipes out the Pony Rider Boys&#8217;
+camp. Tad makes a morning excursion and meets an unpleasant surprise.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XVIII&#8211;An Unfriendly Reception</td><td><a href='#link_18'>178</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Tad boldly faces his accusers. Threats from the prospectors. A man on
+Butler&#8217;s trail. Tad takes a pot shot and gets immediate results. &#8220;Stop
+that shooting, you fool!&#8221; The fat boy draws a bead.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XIX&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Professor in a Rage</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_19'>189</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>&#8220;It&#8217;s a lie!&#8221; thunders Professor Zepplin. Ordered out of the hills on
+penalty of being shot. &#8220;If you are looking for trouble you may have
+all you want!&#8221; A threat to punch the prospector&#8217;s nose.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XX&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Tad Discovers Something</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_20'>198</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Pony Rider Boys off for bear. The fat boy frightened by a totem pole.
+In a place of many mysteries. Tad makes a great find. A discovery that
+led to sensational results.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class='c2' colspan="2">Chapter XXI&#8211;<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Conclusion</span></td><td style='text-align:right;'><a href='#link_21'>203</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&#160;</td>
+<td>Rifle shots fired into the Pony Rider Boys&#8217; camp. Miners in a frenzy
+of joy. Butler makes a new find. Their boundary markings found
+destroyed. Tad starts on a desperate ride. His claim must be filed
+ahead of that of the enemy at whatever cost. A race through
+ice-clogged waters. A fight to the finish before the clerk&#8217;s desk. A
+triumph for the Gold Diggers of Taku Pass. The end of the long, long
+trail.</td><td>&#160;</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h1><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_11'></a>11</span>THE PONY RIDER BOYS IN ALASKA</h1>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><a id='link_1'></a>CHAPTER I<br /><span class='h2fs'>THROUGH ENCHANTING WATERS</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Captain, who are the four silent men leaning over the rail on the
+other side of the boat?&#8221; asked Tad Butler. &#8220;I have been wondering
+about them almost ever since we left Vancouver. They don&#8217;t seem to speak
+to a person, and seldom to each other, though somehow they appear to be
+traveling in company. They act as if they were afraid someone would recognize
+them. I am sure they aren&#8217;t bad characters.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Petersen, commander of the steamer &#8220;Corsair,&#8221; which for
+some days had been plowing its way through the ever-changing northern waters,
+stroked his grizzled beard reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Bad characters, eh?&#8221; he twinkled. &#8220;Well, no, I
+shouldn&#8217;t say as they were. They&#8217;re fair-weather <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_12'></a>12</span>lads. I&#8217;ll vouch for
+them if necessary, and I guess I&#8217;m about the only person on board that
+knows who they are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad waited expectantly until the skipper came to the point of the story he
+was telling.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They are the Gold Diggers of Taku Pass, lad.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Gold Diggers of Taku Pass?&#8221; repeated Tad Butler. &#8220;I
+don&#8217;t think I ever heard that name before. Where is this pass,
+sir?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The skipper shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No one knows,&#8221; he said.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That is strange,&#8221; wondered Butler. &#8220;Does no one know where
+they dig for gold?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No. They don&#8217;t even know themselves,&#8221; was the puzzling
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>Tad fixed the weather-beaten face of the skipper with a questioning gaze.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t think I understand, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you what I know about it some other time, lad. I
+haven&#8217;t the time to spin the yarn now. It&#8217;s a long one. I&#8217;ve
+been sailing up and down these waters, fair weather and foul, for a good many
+years, and I&#8217;ve seen a fair cargo of strange things in my time, but this
+Digger outfit is the most peculiar one I ever came across. They are a living
+example of what the lure of gold means when it gets into a man&#8217;s system.
+Gold is all right. I <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_13'></a>13</span>wish I had more of it; but, my boy, don&#8217;t ever
+let the love of it get to the windward of you if you hope to enjoy peace of mind
+afterwards,&#8221; concluded the skipper with emphasis.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s that he says about gold?&#8221; interjected Stacy Brown,
+more commonly known to his companions as Chunky, the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy, with Ned Rector and Walter Perkins, had been lounging against the
+starboard rail of the &#8220;Corsair,&#8221; observing Tad and the Captain as
+they talked. A few paces forward sat Professor Zepplin, their traveling
+companion, wholly absorbed in a scientific discussion with an engineer who was
+on his way to an Alaskan mine, of which the latter was to assume control. Many
+other passengers were strolling about the decks of the &#8220;Corsair.&#8221;
+There were seasoned miners with bearded faces; sharp-eyed, sharp-featured men
+with shifty eyes; pale-faced prospectors on their way to the land of promise, in
+quest of the yellow metal; capitalists going to Alaska to look into this or that
+claim with a view to investment; and, more in evidence than all the rest, a
+large list of tourists bound up the coast on a merry holiday. The former, in
+most instances, were quiet, reserved men, the latter talkative and
+boisterous.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Captain was speaking of the lure that gold holds for the human
+race,&#8221; replied Tad <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_14'></a>14</span>Butler in answer to Stacy Brown&#8217;s question.
+&#8220;I guess the Captain is right, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be warned in time, Chunky,&#8221; added Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve never seen enough gold to become lured by it,&#8221;
+retorted the fat boy. &#8220;I should like to see enough to excite me just once.
+I shouldn&#8217;t mind being lured that way. Would you, Walt?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Walter Perkins shook his head and smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I fear you will have to shake yourself&#8211;get over your natural
+laziness&#8211;before you can hope to,&#8221; chuckled Ned. &#8220;I doubt if
+you would know a lure if you met one on Main Street in Chillicothe.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Try me and see,&#8221; grinned Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There must be a lot of gold up here, judging from what I have read,
+and from the number of persons going after it,&#8221; added Tad, with a sweeping
+gesture that included the deckload of miners and prospectors. &#8220;But the
+hardships and the heart-breakings must be terrible. I have read a lot about the
+terrors that men have gone through in this country, especially in the awful
+winters they have in Alaska.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I shouldn&#8217;t mind them if I had a sledge and a pack of dogs to
+tote me around, the way they do up here,&#8221; declared Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That would be great fun,&#8221; agreed young <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_15'></a>15</span>Perkins. &#8220;You wouldn&#8217;t have
+far to fall if you got bucked off from that kind of broncho, would you,
+Stacy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not unless you fell off a mountain,&#8221; answered Ned, glancing at
+the distant towering cliffs of the coast range.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was asking the Captain about those four men yonder,&#8221; said
+Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, the fellows who don&#8217;t speak to anyone?&#8221; nodded
+Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who are they? I have wondered about them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know their names, but the skipper tells me they are
+known as the Gold Diggers of Taku Pass,&#8221; replied Butler. &#8220;The queer
+part of it is, he says, that no one, so far as he is aware, knows even that
+there is such a place as Taku Pass. They don&#8217;t know themselves,&#8221;
+added Tad with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s strange,&#8221; wondered Rector. &#8220;Crazy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I think not. They are prospecting for an unknown claim,&#8221;
+replied Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I don&#8217;t know anything about that,&#8221; spoke up Stacy
+Brown. &#8220;But I know who those fellows are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You do?&#8221; exclaimed the boys in chorus.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. I asked them. That&#8217;s the way to <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_16'></a>16</span>find out what you want to know,
+isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; chuckled Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who are they?&#8221; asked Butler laughingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The minery-looking fellow is Sam Dawson. The one beside him is Curtis
+Darwood. The tall, slim chap nearest to us is Dill Bruce. They call him the
+Pickle for short.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He looks sour enough to be one,&#8221; laughed Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The other chap, the little one, is Curley Tinker. And there you have
+the whole outfit. I&#8217;ll introduce you to them if you like,&#8221;
+volunteered Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, thank you. I already have tried to talk with the men, but they
+don&#8217;t seem inclined to open their mouths,&#8221; replied Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It strikes me that you have made more progress that anyone else on
+this boat, so far as the four gold diggers are concerned,&#8221; added Rector,
+addressing Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I am convinced that Chunky is rather forward,&#8221; agreed
+Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no one can resist me,&#8221; averred the fat boy. &#8220;Anything
+else you want to know, Tad?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, a great deal. But here is the Captain. He will tell
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Petersen had taken a fancy to the boys almost from the first. He had
+learned who they were early on that voyage, and in the <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_17'></a>17</span>meantime they had become very well
+acquainted with the commander of the &#8220;Corsair.&#8221; He had taken pains
+to explain to the lads many things about the country past which they were
+sailing&#8211;things that otherwise they would not have known, and the voyage
+was proving very interesting to them, as well as to Professor Zepplin
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come below now and I&#8217;ll tell you the story,&#8221; invited
+Captain Petersen, starting to descend the after companionway. &#8220;All of you
+come along. That will save your asking questions later on,&#8221; he smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You see, he invited you on my account,&#8221; chuckled Stacy Brown,
+tapping his breast with the tips of his fingers.</p>
+
+<p>The lads filed down the companionway behind the Captain, and when they had
+finally settled themselves in the skipper&#8217;s cabin and he had lighted his
+pipe, he began to speak.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I always come below and put my feet on the table after we pass the
+Shoal of Seals,&#8221; he explained. &#8220;That is the time I take my &#8216;watch
+below,&#8217; as we call it, when we come down for a rest or a sleep. But you
+are eager to hear the story. Very good. Here goes. A good many years ago an
+expedition came up to this part of the world on an exploring mission. In that
+party was a Dr. Darwood from some place in <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_18'></a>18</span>the East. I don&#8217;t believe I ever heard the name
+of the place, and if I knew the state I have forgotten it. Well, to make a long
+story short, the party was ambushed by the Kak-wan-tan Indians. Every man of the
+party was captured and all were put to death, with the exception of Dr. Darwood.
+Somehow, the Indians had learned that he was a big medicine man, so they made
+the Doctor captive and took him over the mountains many miles from there. They
+probably killed the others so as to make sure of the Doctor.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did they want with a medicine man?&#8221; interjected the fat
+boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They wanted him professionally. Their chief was a very sick man. I
+guess the old gentleman was about ready to die. At least he thought so. The
+chief bore the name of Chief Anna-Hoots. Nice name, eh? No wonder he got
+sick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He must have belonged to the owl family,&#8221; observed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>Tad rebuked the fat boy with a look. The Captain regarded Stacy quizzically,
+then proceeded with his story.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Their own medicine man had been killed by a bear. You see his medicine
+wasn&#8217;t calculated to head off bears. The chief, therefore, was in a bad
+way. Dr. Darwood was commanded <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_19'></a>19</span>to make the chief well, and, so the story goes, after
+examining Hoots, he at once saw what was the trouble with the old man. He set to
+work over the savage, not so much from a professional interest as that he knew
+very well his life would be forfeited did he not do something for the patient.
+It is a safe guess that the Doctor never had worked more heroically over a
+patient. Well, he saved the chief&#8211;had him on his feet and hopping around
+as lively as a jack-rabbit in less than twenty-four hours. There was great
+rejoicing among Anna&#8217;s people, and Darwood was feasted and made much of.
+He was almost as big a man as Old Hoots himself. Nothing was too good for him in
+that camp.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t he poison the whole tribe while he had the
+chance?&#8221; questioned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps it wasn&#8217;t professional,&#8221; smiled the Captain in
+reply. &#8220;But Chief Anna-Hoots&#8211;precious old rascal that he
+was&#8211;was so grateful that he made the Doctor chief medicine man over all
+the tribes and a tribal chief of one of the subordinate tribes. And now we are
+coming to the point of our story. Old Hoots, later on, let the Doctor into a
+great secret. Having driven the evil spirits out of Anna and set him on his feet
+almost as good as new, the patient evidently was of the opinion that the
+medicine <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_20'></a>20</span>man was
+entitled to something more than the ordinary fee for such a service. He took the
+Doctor to a place where a roaring glacial stream of icy water was tearing down
+through a narrow gash in the mountains on its way to the sea, and there he
+showed the doctor-chief gold in great quantities, so the story runs, the pass
+being guarded by the Bear Totem. It is not certain whether the vein from which
+this gold had been washed was then known. I think Darwood must have found it
+later on and located a claim. He at least took from the mouth of the pass enough
+gold to make him a fairly rich man. This he hid away, awaiting a favorable
+opportunity to get away with it. Such opportunity presented itself while his
+tribe was away on a hunt in the fall for meat for the winter, and made his
+escape. After some months of terrible hardships he succeeded in reaching
+civilization, fairly staggering under the weight of the gold he had brought
+away. He had the gold-madness badly, you see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He was plucky,&#8221; muttered Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. It was Darwood&#8217;s intention to return, at the head of a
+well-armed party, properly equipped, and work the pay dirt to its limit. But he
+died before he could do so. The hardships of that journey, loaded down with dust
+and nuggets, led to his ultimate death. You <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_21'></a>21</span>see what avarice will do to a fellow. It gets to
+windward of him every time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d be willing to stagger under all I could carry and take my
+chances on the future,&#8221; observed Chunky reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So would we all,&#8221; nodded the skipper. &#8220;That&#8217;s the
+worst of us, our greed. I am glad I am at sea, where I <i>can&#8217;t</i> dig.
+Nothing was done in the matter of locating and working the claim for some years
+after the Doctor&#8217;s death. Then a grandson, Curtis Darwood, who is now
+aboard this boat, found a paper or map or something of the sort, on which was a
+description of the Doctor&#8217;s find. It couldn&#8217;t have been very
+definite or they wouldn&#8217;t have been so long in locating the place. Of
+course, the younger man was fired with the desire to find this wonderful mine.
+The lure had him fast and hard. He came up here alone the first time and
+prospected all summer, but failed, and late that fall he went back home. When he
+returned the three other men, who are his companions now, were with him. They
+have been together ever since in their prospecting work. Dawson is a pioneer
+prospector who knows the game thoroughly. The others, who have been up here
+three years, might now be placed in the same class, though Dawson is the real
+miner. One can&#8217;t help but admire their pluck and persistence, <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_22'></a>22</span> but I shouldn&#8217;t want
+to be caught interfering with them. When a fellow gets the gold madness he is a
+dangerous customer to annoy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have they found the gold?&#8221; asked Walter Perkins.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Petersen shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think not. If they have, only they know it. They take no one into
+their confidence. They went home for the winter last fall, and what amazes me
+further is that they are getting up here so late this spring. Here it is June.
+They should have been on the job six weeks ago, and in order to do so they ought
+to have wintered in the hills. To me that means something. It will be a wonder
+if this unusual move on their part doesn&#8217;t attract attention. You may
+believe they are watched. There are, no doubt, those who are watching the
+Diggers, and who do not miss any of their movements.&#8221; The skipper
+hesitated, then brought a big fist down on his cabin table with a bang that set
+the glassware jingling. &#8220;By George, I begin to see a light!&#8221; he
+roared.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221; cried Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, sir?&#8221; chorused Tad and Ned in one voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That accounts for Red Whiskers. That accounts for his presence
+on&#8211;&#8221; The skipper checked himself suddenly. &#8220;But no matter.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_23'></a>23</span>It isn&#8217;t for me
+to say.&#8221; He lapsed into thoughtful silence. &#8220;Well, what do you think
+of the story?&#8221; he asked a few moments later.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is all very remarkable,&#8221; answered Butler. &#8220;Where are
+they going&#8211;their destination, I mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You never can tell. They have explored pretty much all of the country
+within a few hundred miles of here, and it wouldn&#8217;t surprise me at all if
+they had stumbled over the right place dozens of times and didn&#8217;t know it.
+But there is one significant fact. They have brought up a lot of equipment this
+time. It looks as if they thought they had the place pretty well located. It
+certainly does look that way. There&#8217;s another thing I forgot to tell you.
+This place, this pass where the gold is supposed to lie, is the abode of a great
+and angry spirit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A really, truly spirit?&#8221; questioned Walter wonderingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t say about the really-truly business,&#8221; replied
+Captain Petersen, with a grin. &#8220;I am telling you the story as I have heard
+it. Had Old Hoots&#8217; tribe known that the Doctor went in there and dug out
+gold which he salted away they would have put him to death. It&#8217;s a sacred
+place. It was then, and I&#8217;ll wager it is now. You may believe that the
+superstition has been handed down.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_24'></a>24</span>&#8220;But the
+Indians up here now are not at all savage, are they?&#8221; asked Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps not where the white man has taken possession in force. But you
+get into the far interior&#8211;there is a great deal of Alaska that the white
+man knows very little about yet&#8211;and you will find them savage enough,
+provided they think they have you in a pocket, and especially so if you
+interfere with any of their religious customs or beliefs. In these respects they
+are simply human.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should call them inhuman,&#8221; observed the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t blame them,&#8221; nodded Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, that is the story of the Gold Diggers, so far as I know
+it,&#8221; continued the Captain. &#8220;As I have already said, not many
+persons up here do know it. A veil of mystery surrounds the four silent men.
+They make no other friends, confide in no one, and live in a little world all
+their own. The story, as I have repeated it to you, was told to me by a man from
+their part of the country who came up here to spend the summer last season. That
+is how I came to know the details. It is possible, though not probable, that you
+might get them to tell you something about the country.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll make them talk,&#8221; answered Stacy pompously.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_25'></a>25</span>&#8220;What is
+their destination?&#8221; asked Butler quickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Skagway. However, that undoubtedly is a blind. They may be going on
+farther from that point, or they may be intending to work back along the coast
+after they leave the ship, then strike into the hills at some remote point. I
+can&#8217;t say as to that, of course. They will disappear. You may depend upon
+that, and nothing may be heard of them again for a year.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do they do for provisions?&#8221; questioned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The same as you will have to do if you penetrate far into the
+interior. They hunt and fish, saving their canned supplies for the winter, for
+the winter months are long and drear up in this far northern country.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When does winter set in?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Very early. It seems to be most always winter up here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank you very much,&#8221; said Tad. &#8220;This has been most
+interesting. I should like to ask them something about the country where we are
+going. Of course I shouldn&#8217;t presume to question them about their own
+affairs. That would be none of my business.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where are you going?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We had planned to strike north from Yakutat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_26'></a>26</span>&#8220;You will
+find rough country that way. I should say you would have tough traveling all the
+way. If you can get the Gold Diggers to open up, they will undoubtedly be able
+to give you some useful information that would enable you to lay your course to
+the best advantage. But I think I know the Diggers. You may not be able to get a
+civil word out of them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;ll talk to me,&#8221; answered the fat boy confidently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Please don&#8217;t permit yourself to be overcome,&#8221; warned
+Rector. &#8220;Remember your most excellent opinion of yourself has been the
+cause of some mighty falls already.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I fell in soft spots anyhow,&#8221; retorted Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ordinarily on your head, I believe,&#8221; answered Ned quickly.</p>
+
+<p>Again thanking the Captain for his kindness, the lads returned to the deck.
+Tad leaned against the rail thinking over the story related by the skipper. The
+romance of the quest of the Diggers appealed to Butler&#8217;s adventure-loving
+nature. He declared to himself that he would draw them into conversation and
+satisfy his further curiosity. Looking them over in the light of what he had
+heard, Tad saw that the four were determined-looking men, were men who would do
+and dare, no matter how great <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_27'></a>27</span>the obstacles or the perils. He could not but feel a
+keen admiration for them. They were real men, even if they were surly and
+reticent.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tad, how would you like to belong to that party of prospectors?&#8221;
+asked Ned, nodding toward the four.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t imagine anything more exciting. I wish we might. I
+wonder if they are going our way?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you ask them?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I intend to,&#8221; answered Tad, rousing himself and starting towards
+the prospectors who were lounging apart from the other passengers on the deck of
+the steamer.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Watch him get turned down,&#8221; grinned Stacy. &#8220;I shall have
+to break the ice for him. He never will be able to do it for himself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Better wait until you are asked,&#8221; advised Ned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>As Stacy had said, Tad did not succeed in getting into conversation with the
+Diggers that day. Early on the following morning the boys were on deck, being
+unwilling to miss a single moment of the scenery.</p>
+
+<p>The &#8220;Corsair&#8221; was swinging majestically into Queen Charlotte
+Sound, a splendid sweep of purple water, where great waves from the Pacific
+rolled in, sending the steamer plunging desperately. There was a scurry on the
+part <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_28'></a>28</span>of many of the
+early risers to get below decks, for the change from the quiet waters through
+which the boat had been sailing to this tumultuous sea was more than most of
+them were able to stand. Stacy Brown was already on his back in the shadow of a
+life boat, groaning miserably. Walter Perkins&#8217; face was pale, but he held
+himself together by a strong effort of will, but Tad Butler and Ned Rector
+appeared not in the least affected by the roll of the steamer. Both were lost in
+admiration of the scene that was unfolding before them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They roll along with the lightness of thistledown across a green
+field,&#8221; declared Tad enthusiastically, speaking to himself. &#8220;It is
+simply glorious.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He heard someone come to the rail at his side, but the lad was too fully
+absorbed to look around.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That wasn&#8217;t bad for a sentiment, young fellow,&#8221; said a
+voice at his elbow. &#8220;If you stay up in this country long enough, however,
+you will get all the sentiment frozen out of you. I know, for I&#8217;ve been
+all through it. I&#8217;m lucky that my bones aren&#8217;t up yonder
+somewhere.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir,&#8221; answered Butler.</p>
+
+<p>Glancing around he found himself gazing into the face of Curtis Darwood.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_29'></a>29</span><a id='link_2'></a>CHAPTER II<br /><span class='h2fs'>THE BOYS SCENT A PLOT</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, how do you do, sir. Did I say anything?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, there&#8217;s a chance for a difference of opinion as to
+that,&#8221; smiled the miner.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have been enjoying the scenery, sir. Isn&#8217;t it
+beautiful?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You should see it at sunrise,&#8221; answered Darwood. &#8220;These
+mists are well worth coming all the way up here to gaze upon. In the morning
+they take on all the delicate tints of the primrose. Then at sunset of course
+the colors grow warmer&#8211;amber, orange, gold&#8211;almost everything that
+could be imagined in the way of wonderful colorings. All that sort of thing, you
+know. I never saw anything like it in any part of the world, and I&#8217;ve seen
+some,&#8221; added the Gold Digger reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should like to see it at sunset,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;Is it
+ever like this in the interior, sir?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Interior of what?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of the country? Up there in the mountains?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_30'></a>30</span>Darwood gave the
+boy a quick glance of inquiry. There was suspicion in his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the far country?&#8221; added Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t say as to that; I can&#8217;t say that I know,&#8221;
+replied the prospector shortly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What we wanted to ask you about was the Yakutat trail from the coast
+up?&#8221; interjected Ned. &#8220;You see, we are going that way and we want to
+get all the information we can about the trails and the country
+itself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad gave his companion a warning look, but Ned persisted in pressing his
+questioning. The miner&#8217;s hands dropped from the rail.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon you would better ask someone else. I can&#8217;t tell you
+anything about the trail,&#8221; replied Darwood, turning on his heel and
+striding away.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There, you&#8217;ve done it now,&#8221; complained Butler ruefully.
+&#8220;Of course you had to break in and spoil it all. Now we shan&#8217;t get
+another opportunity. Mr. Darwood is suspicious of us, and he won&#8217;t talk
+with us again. It&#8217;s too bad.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, you wanted to know. What&#8217;s the use in beating about the
+bush when you want to know a thing. I believe in asking for what you
+want,&#8221; protested Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So do I, but it isn&#8217;t always best to go at it bald-headed.
+However, never mind, Ned. I am now convinced that there would be little use
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_31'></a>31</span>in asking Mr. Darwood
+questions in any circumstances. The instant you begin to talk Alaska with that
+man he is going to shy off. He fears he might be trapped into an admission, or
+else he thinks we are trying to pump him for some other reason. You may be sure
+that others have tried to draw him out, believing they might obtain information
+that he is supposed to possess.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They are a queer lot,&#8221; muttered Ned. &#8220;Didn&#8217;t the
+Captain say no one knew anything about this gold pass, or whatever you call
+it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Taku Pass? Yes. That is, he said few persons knew of it, but you may
+be sure that the purpose of these men up here is known. There are plenty of
+gentlemen waiting to beat those four into the land of golden promise. I
+don&#8217;t blame the Diggers for having their suspicions of everyone about
+them. I wish I could convince them that we aren&#8217;t that sort of people. I
+like that fellow. I&#8217;d like to help him, too,&#8221; mused Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I shouldn&#8217;t. However, I&#8217;m sorry I put my foot in
+it,&#8221; nodded Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You needn&#8217;t be. See! We are running out of the swell
+now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The steamer, soon coming under the lee of the islands, was steaming into
+Fitzhugh Sound, where dangerous shoals menace the navigators <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_32'></a>32</span>of these enchanting waters.
+Captain Petersen was now occupying the little bridge just forward of the pilot
+house. His face was grim and set. The good fellow was no longer present&#8211;it
+was now the master, bent upon attending to his duties.</p>
+
+<p>The sound is a slender waterway, extending directly northward fully thirty
+miles, more entrancing, it seemed to the boys, than any other water over which
+they had sailed. The Pony Rider Boys were having a glorious passage into the far
+north where they were going in search of new adventure. They were bound for the
+wildest and most remote section of Uncle Sam&#8217;s domain, where they hoped to
+spend the summer months.</p>
+
+<p>Now that the waters had become more quiet, Stacy Brown slowly dragged himself
+from the shadow of the life-boat and stood gripping the gunwale. After getting
+his head leveled somewhat he walked unsteadily to his companions who were
+leaning on the steamer&#8217;s rail regarding him with smiling faces.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sick?&#8221; questioned Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No; merely ailing,&#8221; replied the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wouldn&#8217;t be a landlubber,&#8221; jeered Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You would, if you were in my place,&#8221; muttered Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>On through a panorama of changing scenes <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_33'></a>33</span>and colors sailed the &#8220;Corsair.&#8221; In
+Finlayson Channel, some distance farther on, the forest that lined the shores
+was a solid mountain of green on each side, the trees growing down to the water.
+Here the reflections were so brilliant that the dividing line between shore and
+water was difficult for the untrained eye to make out. The boys seemed to be
+gazing upon an optical illusion. From the water&#8217;s edge the mountains rose
+sheer to a great height, their distant peaks capped with snow glistening in the
+morning sunlight, while glacial streams flashed over the open spaces on the
+mountain sides.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is there no end to it?&#8221; wondered Tad Butler, gazing at the
+scenery until his eyes ached.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is all very wonderful,&#8221; agreed Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I call it tiresome,&#8221; declared the fat boy wearily. &#8220;I
+prefer something exciting.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned suggested that he jump overboard. Stacy replied that he would were it not
+that he didn&#8217;t want to put his companions to the trouble of rescuing
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The entrancing scenery continued at intervals until the evening of the second
+day after their unsuccessful attempt to draw out Curtis Darwood. They were now
+passing through Frederick Sound, bordered by spire-shaped <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_34'></a>34</span>glaciers that towered in the sky, pale and
+chaste, more than two thousand feet above the sound. Darkness fell, the sky
+being overcast, and the air chill, giving the passengers the shivers and sending
+them to their cabins below. Tad Butler and Ned Rector had clambered to the top
+of the deck-house and settled themselves between the two smokestacks. It was a
+nice warm berth and they appreciated it. They seemed far away from human
+habitation there.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You said you had something to tell me this evening,&#8221; Ned
+reminded his companion, after a few moments of contented silence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. It was about last night. You remember that remark of the
+skipper&#8217;s the other day, don&#8217;t you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;About what?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What he said about &#8216;Red Whiskers&#8217;?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have the gentleman located, Ned. I am reasonably certain that I
+have. Of course it&#8217;s none of my business, but I have been curious ever
+since the Captain said that. My man has red whiskers, regular combustible
+whiskers,&#8221; added the freckle-faced boy with a grin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There are several men on board this boat who wear red upholstery on
+their chins,&#8221; averred Rector.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_35'></a>35</span>&#8220;I know
+that, but this one is the fellow, all right,&#8221; declared Tad in a confident
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know something!&#8221; exclaimed Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I do. Don&#8217;t speak so loudly. Someone might hear. I heard someone
+passing along the deck just below us a moment ago.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No one down there could distinguish what we were saying,&#8221;
+answered Ned, as the two drew back farther between the steel bases of the two
+funnels.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well?&#8221; urged Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The man referred to by Captain Petersen is Sandy Ketcham, the tall,
+lank fellow, with the squinty eyes and the stoop shoulders. He has a trick of
+peering up from under his eyelids when he looks at you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh! I know the one you mean, and I don&#8217;t like his looks. How did
+you know?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Since the Captain made that remark about &#8216;Red Whiskers&#8217; I have
+been taking an interest in every man on the boat who wore red whiskers,&#8221;
+said Tad. &#8220;I tried to decide, in my own mind, which of them was the right
+one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So did I,&#8221; admitted Ned. &#8220;But I got all mixed up. If you
+succeeded in picking out the right one you are mighty sharp. I wish I were as
+keen as you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keen? Not a bit of it! It was a pure accident that I found out. I just
+blundered on the <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_36'></a>36</span>truth last night. The man I had picked out
+wasn&#8217;t the fellow at all. I had the wrong man, so you see I am not so
+smart as you thought. You remember you left Stacy and myself sitting on a bale
+of freight at the rear end of the boat when you went down late last
+evening?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. Chunky was half asleep.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Exactly. Well, I shook him up a few moments later and he went below
+grumbling because I wouldn&#8217;t let him sleep when he was so comfortable. He
+was liable to catch cold in the damp air. Then I went to sleep myself,&#8221;
+admitted Butler. &#8220;I&#8217;m not much of an adviser, am I?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go on,&#8221; urged Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Something awakened me. Two men were talking nearby. I couldn&#8217;t
+see them, but could hear every word they said. One of the two I recognized by
+his voice. The other I was unable to place. I got him placed right to-day
+though, when I heard him talking on deck. They are a precious pair of rascals,
+Ned. Perhaps it is considered fair enough up here to do those things, but I just
+can&#8217;t hold myself when I see crookedness going on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You haven&#8217;t said what it was about yet,&#8221; reminded Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They were plotting against Darwood.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t say?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_37'></a>37</span>&#8220;Yes, they
+were.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am not going to tell you now. The question is, ought I to tell Mr.
+Darwood? Would it be right to carry tales, even in a case like this?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not knowing what the case is I can&#8217;t very well advise
+you,&#8221; answered Ned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did they say?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d rather not say a word about that until I have decided what
+to do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re a queer chap, Tad. You arouse my curiosity; then you
+won&#8217;t satisfy it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You shall know all about it in good time. Hark! Was that you who
+kicked the collar of the stack?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No. I didn&#8217;t hear anything. Who was the other man?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;His name is Ainsworth. He is a prospector, too. They are together, he
+and the man Sandy. There are some others in the plot, as I learned from the
+conversation, but I hardly think they are on board. I take it that the others
+are to meet this party at Skagway, which proves to me that the plans of our
+friends, the four Gold Diggers, were learned by the plotters some time before
+the former set sail for the north country. Oh, it is a fine game of grab they
+are planning! But I believe that, <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_38'></a>38</span>if Mr. Darwood be warned in time, he will be perfectly
+able to take care of himself. I am quite sure I shouldn&#8217;t care to be the
+other fellow.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know why we should get so excited over it,&#8221;
+grumbled Ned. &#8220;Darwood and his companions are no friends of ours. I should
+say that quite the opposite is the case.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But they are real men, just the same,&#8221; objected Tad. &#8220;I
+don&#8217;t care whether they are friendly to us or not. Come on; let&#8217;s
+get down.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grasping awning spars the two lads swung down to the promenade of the upper
+deck. After they had cleared the deck-house a man dropped to the deck from the
+deck-house, on the opposite side.</p>
+
+<p>After a few moments&#8217; stroll, during which the boys continued their
+conversation, they went below. On reaching his cabin, Butler discovered that he
+had lost his pocket knife. Thinking that it had slipped from his pocket while
+the two were lounging on the deck-house, Tad went back to look for it. He was
+the only person in sight on deck. That part of the deck was unlighted, save as a
+faint glow shone up through the engine room grating. The freckle-faced boy
+looked carefully about on top of the deck-house for several minutes, in search
+of <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_39'></a>39</span>his lost knife,
+lighting match after match to aid him in his quest. He failed to find it. With a
+grunt of disappointment he again swung himself to the deck.</p>
+
+<p>The instant his feet touched the deck, Tad Butler met with a violent
+surprise. He was suddenly grabbed from behind. A powerful arm gripped him like a
+vise, pinioning his own right arm to his side, while a big hand was clapped over
+his mouth, forcing the lad&#8217;s head violently backwards with a jolt which
+for the moment he thought had dislocated his neck.</p>
+
+<p>Tad struggled and fought with all his might, but to little purpose. The boy
+realized that he was in the hands of a man who was a giant for strength and who
+was slowly but surely forcing him toward the steamer&#8217;s rail. The Pony
+Rider Boy felt a bushy beard over his shoulder and against his neck. Now he was
+against the rail, facing out over the water. Butler knew that, despite his
+struggles, he was going to be dropped over the side. Then a sudden idea came to
+him. Tad shot up his free left hand, fastening his fingers in the long beard of
+the man behind him. He heard a smothered exclamation over his shoulder, and for
+the instant the hand over his mouth was withdrawn.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Help!&#8221; shouted Tad Butler. Then a blow on the head sent him
+limply to the deck.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_40'></a>40</span><a id='link_3'></a>CHAPTER III<br /><span class='h2fs'>IN DESPERATE STRAITS</span></h2>
+
+<p>Tad&#8217;s assailant hastily gathered the boy up. The man staggered
+slightly, as, after a hurried glance up and down the deck, he stepped toward the
+rail with his burden. Just then footsteps were heard.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hey! What are you doing there?&#8221; bellowed a voice. A man came
+running from somewhere in the after part of the ship. Butler&#8217;s assailant
+dropped his burden, dodged into a passageway in the deck-house, closing the door
+behind him and disappearing before the newcomer reached the door and threw it
+open. Then the rescuer turned to the unconscious Tad Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, here&#8217;s trouble!&#8221; he muttered. Taking up Tad&#8217;s
+limp form he carried it to where the light from the grating shone up.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s that freckle-faced kid. Somebody gave him a tough
+wallop,&#8221; growled the man. Tad&#8217;s rescuer was Sam Dawson, one of the
+Gold Diggers. &#8220;I reckon I&#8217;ll fetch him around if his neck
+isn&#8217;t broken.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_41'></a>41</span>Laying the lad
+down on the deck where he would have plenty of air, the Digger worked over the
+Pony Rider Boy for fully five minutes before Tad returned to consciousness.
+Butler was too dazed to realize what had occurred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll take you below now, my lad,&#8221; said Dawson.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, no. Not yet,&#8221; protested Tad. &#8220;Wait. I want to
+think.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who was the fellow who hit you?&#8221; demanded Dawson.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; stammered Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did he do it for?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I don&#8217;t know. I&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You aren&#8217;t very strong on information, are you?&#8221; grinned
+the prospector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I want&#8211;want to see Mr. Darwood.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You can see him to-morrow. You&#8217;d better get into your bunk right
+smart. I&#8217;ll help you down.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank you. I&#8217;ll go alone&#8211;in a minute,&#8221; said Butler,
+pulling himself up by the rail to which he clung unsteadily. &#8220;I
+don&#8217;t want anyone to know. I&#8217;ll tell Mr. Darwood what I have to
+say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have it your own way. I&#8217;m going to follow along behind, to see
+that you get down all right,&#8221; answered the man.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank you. I guess you saved me from <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_42'></a>42</span>getting a wetting,&#8221; said the boy, extending an
+impulsive hand. &#8220;Now I&#8217;ll go to my cabin. Please don&#8217;t say
+anything about this. Good-night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad&#8217;s progress below was slow and unsteady. Dawson watched him until
+the door of the cabin had closed behind the Pony Rider Boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a raw deal,&#8221; muttered the miner. &#8220;I&#8217;d
+like to punch the head of the fellow who would do that to a kid!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Butler got into his bunk without awakening his companions. His head ached
+terribly, and it was a long time before he fell asleep. The next morning his
+head felt twice its ordinary size. The boys joked him on his appearance, but Tad
+merely smiled, refusing to say what had been the matter with him. Ned was
+suspicious. He knew that Butler had been engaged in a scuffle, but what it was
+he was unable to imagine. Tad had been strolling about the decks all the
+morning, as if in search of someone. He found the man he was seeking late in the
+forenoon. The man was sitting on a keg of nails on the after part of the upper
+deck, his back to Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good morning, Mr. Ketcham,&#8221; greeted the Pony Rider Boy.</p>
+
+<p>The red-whiskered man whirled, letting the <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_43'></a>43</span>hand that had been caressing his beard fall limply to
+his side.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Beard hurt you?&#8221; questioned Tad sweetly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;None of yer business!&#8221; was the surly reply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. Ketcham, I know you and I know your game,&#8221; began Butler in a
+low, even tone. &#8220;I know, too, that you are the man who assaulted me and
+tried to put me overboard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know what ye&#8217;re talking about,&#8221; growled
+Sandy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes you do&#8211;and so do I! I&#8217;ve a handful of whiskers
+which match perfectly those you are wearing. Shall I pull some more for
+comparison with those I already have?&#8221; questioned the boy
+aggravatingly.</p>
+
+<p>Ketcham half rose, then settled back again, as if fearing to trust
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You may be thankful that you didn&#8217;t do it. My companions would
+have taken care of you, had anything happened to me,&#8221; Tad went on
+composedly. &#8220;I want to say, now, that it would be good judgment on your
+part not to try any more strong-arm tactics on me or on my companions. If you
+do, you will instantly find yourself in more kinds of trouble than you have ever
+before experienced. Now that we know you, we shall be able to take care of you
+as you deserve. I reckon you know what that means, Red Whiskers.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_44'></a>44</span>&#8220;Get out of
+here, before I do something to you!&#8221; roared Sandy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no you won&#8217;t! You don&#8217;t dare raise your hand. I could
+turn you over to the Captain and have you placed in irons till we get ashore. I
+have proof enough to send you to a jail, if they have such places up here. But
+I&#8217;m not going to do that. I am going to be fair with you and tell you
+exactly what I propose. I am going to tell Curtis Darwood about you. No, I
+shan&#8217;t tell him who it is. I will tell him that someone is following and
+watching him&#8211;you and Ainsworth. He will find you out, never fear. I will
+give you one chance. Get off at the next stop, and I will tell him after we
+leave there. Take your choice. Take your friend with you. I don&#8217;t want to
+be responsible for any shooting on this boat. What do you say, Mr.
+Sandy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The fellow&#8217;s fingers opened and closed nervously. He attempted to speak
+but failed three times. Finally he blurted out his answer:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Will you git out of here? I&#8217;ll lose myself in a minit; then I
+won&#8217;t answer for what I do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Never mind,&#8221; answered Tad laughingly. &#8220;I can take care of
+myself. <i>Your</i> kind never did scare me worth a cent.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sandy sprang up. He hesitated for a few tense seconds, then strode forward
+with Butler&#8217;s soft chuckle in his ears.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_45'></a>45</span>The two men did
+get off when the boat stopped late that afternoon. Tad was at the rail watching
+them. Sam Dawson was also an observer of the scene. He saw the threatening scowl
+that Ketcham gave the smiling Tad, and drew his own conclusions, and at the same
+time decided that the freckle-faced boy was pretty well able to hold his own.
+Dawson really suspected part of the reason for this hasty disembarking, though
+he thought it was because Tad had threatened to expose the man Ketcham.</p>
+
+<p>It was after supper when Tad called Ned Rector aside.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I promised to tell you, Ned. Come with me and listen to what I am
+going to tell Mr. Darwood.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned went willingly. Darwood was sitting on deck. Tad halted before him,
+Darwood glancing up at the boys with languid interest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;May I speak with you?&#8221; asked the lad politely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon there&#8217;s nothing to prevent,&#8221; was the careless
+answer.</p>
+
+<p>Tad went direct to the point of his story.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A night or so ago I chanced to overhear two men who were passengers on
+this boat talking of you and the gentlemen who were with you. They were planning
+to follow and <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_46'></a>46</span>watch
+you. They thought you had discovered the claim for which you have been looking
+for so long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Darwood shot an angry glance at the boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go on,&#8221; he growled.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;From their conversation I inferred that perhaps you already had
+discovered this claim and were on your way with equipment to work it. I further
+understood that they were to be met by others on shore and that the party was
+then to divide up and cover the movements of yourself and your friends. One of
+these fellows, I think, overheard me telling part of this story to my friend,
+Ned, last night, and the man tried to throw me overboard, after nearly squeezing
+me to death and then punching my head. I merely wanted to warn you to be on the
+lookout, and at the same time to tell you that neither of the two men is on
+board now. You may draw your own conclusions, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned Rector&#8217;s face had flushed when Tad described the assault on
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that all?&#8221; asked Darwood indifferently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes; I think so.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank you,&#8221; said the Gold Digger, getting up slowly and
+strolling forward.</p>
+
+<p>Ned laughed; Tad flushed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what you get for meddling with other folks&#8217;
+business,&#8221; declared Rector.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_47'></a>47</span>&#8220;I reckon
+you are right at that,&#8221; answered Tad. Then he laughed heartily. Nor did he
+exchange another word with the Gold Diggers of Taku Pass during the rest of that
+journey on the &#8220;Corsair.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_48'></a>48</span><a id='link_4'></a>CHAPTER IV<br /><span class='h2fs'>ON THE OVERLAND TRAIL</span></h2>
+
+<p>It was the early morn of a week later when the &#8220;Corsair&#8221; sailed
+into Skagway harbor. Exclamations of delight were heard from every person who
+had not been there before. This beautiful spot is located at the mouth of the
+Skagway River, with mountains rising on all sides, from which countless cascades
+rush foaming and sparkling down to the sea, or drop sheer from such heights that
+one is forced to catch his breath.</p>
+
+<p>Skagway itself the Pony Rider Boys found gay with pretty cottages climbing
+over the foot-hills; well-worn, flower-strewn paths leading to the heights; the
+river&#8217;s waters rippling over grassy flats; flower gardens beyond the power
+of their vocabularies to describe. Added to this, there was a sweetness in the
+air, which, as Stacy Brown expressed it, &#8220;makes a fellow feel like sitting
+down and doing nothing for the rest of his life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There were many trips to be taken from the city, perhaps the most historic in
+all that wild <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_49'></a>49</span>country. The boys journeyed out into the interior on
+the famous White Pass railway, climbed Mount Dewey to Dewey Lake, and took a
+look at the hunting grounds where mountain sheep were to be had providing one
+were quick enough on the trigger to get the little animals before they leaped
+away. The next morning they turned their attention to the task of purchasing
+such of their outfit as they had not yet procured.</p>
+
+<p>Having been referred to a man who kept Alaskan ponies for sale, they tramped
+out to the end of the long street on which the stores were located. There, sure
+enough, was a large herd of them in a paddock in a vacant lot. There were a good
+many vacant lots in Skagway. The boys climbed the paddock fence and looked over
+the lot.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me for that black one over yonder,&#8221; cried Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why the black one?&#8221; asked Ned. &#8220;I thought you liked the
+lighter colors, the delicate tints?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I do when some other fellow has to groom the animals. For a
+labor-saving color give me black every time. With a black horse I can sleep half
+an hour longer than any fellow who has a white one and yet be ready for
+breakfast as soon as he is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_50'></a>50</span>&#8220;You&#8217;re too lazy to change your
+mind,&#8221; growled Ned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You want the black one, you say?&#8221; questioned Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what I said.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And you, Ned?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I don&#8217;t care. I&#8217;ll stand by your choice.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So will I,&#8221; spoke up Walter. &#8220;The Professor said you were
+to choose something in his class for him to ride, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Buy him a mule!&#8221; yelled Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, that reminds me. We shall have to take a couple of mules. I
+wonder if we can get them here. There comes the owner of this herd. We&#8217;ll
+talk to him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The owner of the ponies had been expecting the visit of the boys. He had been
+told that they would require ponies and did not know that the Pony Rider Boys
+had formed conclusions about them in advance.</p>
+
+<p>Tad introduced himself and his companions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got just what you want, boys,&#8221; nodded the owner.
+&#8220;Every one of those fellows is kind and gentle and will stand without
+hitching.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That isn&#8217;t exactly what we are looking for. We are not
+particular about their being girls&#8217; horses. We want stock that has the
+gimp in it,&#8221; Tad informed him.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_51'></a>51</span>&#8220;That&#8217;s it, that&#8217;s it. You&#8217;ve
+just hit it. Gimp! That&#8217;s the word, and there&#8217;s another that
+fits&#8211;ginger! They&#8217;re just full of ginger, every one of them. There
+ain&#8217;t any more lively nags in Alaska than these fellows.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They must have changed within the last minute, then,&#8221; smiled the
+Pony Rider Boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How so?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, you were just telling us how gentle they are, then almost in the
+same breath you try to convince us that they are regular whirlwinds. However,
+we&#8217;ll let that go. What I do want to know is what sort of mountain ponies
+they are. If they turn out not to be good mountain climbers you may look for
+some trouble when we get back here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Boys, every one of those nags has been brought up in this country.
+They can follow a mountain trail like a deerhound, and that&#8217;s straight. I
+wouldn&#8217;t sell you anything else.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no, certainly not,&#8221; answered Butler. &#8220;How much for the
+light-colored one?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The buckskin?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Two hundred and fifty dollars.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I beg pardon?&#8221; asked Tad politely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Two hundred and fifty.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think you misunderstood me, sir. I didn&#8217;t want to buy the
+whole herd.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_52'></a>52</span>&#8220;You wanted
+five ponies?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, there you are. The buckskin will cost you two-fifty and so will
+the black. You can have any of the rest for two hundred and they&#8217;re cheap
+hosses at that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lead them out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then you&#8217;ll take them at that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I haven&#8217;t said anything about taking them, yet. I said lead them
+out. I want to look them over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The owner smiled, but nodded to his hostler to rope and show the animals to
+the young men. Tad examined a dozen head, out of which he got three ponies,
+motioning to the hostler to tether them to one side where he could look them
+over again.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with the others?&#8221; asked the man.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Various things. Some are wind-broken, two have the distemper, and if
+you don&#8217;t watch out your whole herd will be getting it. I shall be rather
+afraid to buy any stock of you on that account. How long have they had the
+disease?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I didn&#8217;t know they had it at all,&#8221; stammered the
+owner.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You had better watch them pretty carefully, then. How old is that
+buckskin?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_53'></a>53</span>&#8220;Just coming
+four.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did somebody tell you that, or did you learn it from your own
+observation?&#8221; questioned Tad Butler sweetly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon I know a hoss&#8217;s age when I look at his mouth,&#8221;
+answered the man, but not quite with the same assurance that he had made his
+first statements. This clear-eyed, quiet young man, he began to understand, knew
+a little something about horses, or at least pretended to.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then, sir, you have neglected your horse education. The buckskin is
+twelve years old,&#8221; declared Butler firmly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mebby I might have made a mistake in looking at his mouth when I got
+him,&#8221; answered the owner apologetically.</p>
+
+<p>Suppressed grins might have been observed on the faces of the other boys, who
+were still sitting on the paddock fence. They were leaving all matters
+pertaining to the stock in Butler&#8217;s hands, knowing full well that
+Tad&#8217;s judgment was better than theirs.</p>
+
+<p>In turn the lad once more examined the horses he had chosen, then added to
+them enough to make up their allotment.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy, you are quite sure you want the black?&#8221; he
+questioned.</p>
+
+<p>The fat boy nodded.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_54'></a>54</span>&#8220;He has a
+slight ringbone,&#8221; Tad informed him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All the better.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why do you say that? I never knew that a ringbone increased the value
+of a horse.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A horse that wears rings must be a pretty classy horse,&#8221; replied
+the fat boy. &#8220;Me for the horse with the jewelry. Put a pair of natty boots
+on him and there you have an outfit that would make a Mexican part with his
+spurs.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pshaw!&#8221; grunted Ned. &#8220;Very fancy, but not much good for
+real work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy doesn&#8217;t mean that,&#8221; answered Tad with a tolerant
+smile.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I do mean it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We need a pack mule,&#8221; said Butler, turning to the owner.
+&#8220;Can you tell us where we may get one or two?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, I&#8217;ve got just the critters you want. They&#8217;re in the
+yard just back of the stables. Say, Jim, drive out the mules.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There were five mules in the pack driven out for their examination. These
+started slowly moving about in a circle with heads well down, trailing each
+other as if following a regular routine.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fine young stock, hardy and true and quick,&#8221; said the owner,
+rubbing his palms together.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_55'></a>55</span>&#8220;We
+don&#8217;t want any quick one. We&#8217;ve had some experience with the quick
+kind,&#8221; declared Stacy Brown. &#8220;They were so quick I couldn&#8217;t
+get out of the way of their heels. No, siree, no quick mules for
+mine.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t think you need worry much about these,&#8221; smiled
+Tad. &#8220;How much do you ask for those fellows?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How many?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Two. I to take my pick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A hundred apiece.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wouldn&#8217;t give that for the lot of them,&#8221; scoffed
+Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep still. You aren&#8217;t making this bargain,&#8221; rebuked Ned,
+giving the fat boy a poke in the ribs.</p>
+
+<p>Tad made a brief calculation on a slip of paper, then he looked up
+severely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Five ponies at seventy-five dollars would amount to three hundred and
+seventy-five dollars. Two mules at forty each would be eighty more, making a
+total of four hundred and fifty-five dollars,&#8221; said Butler.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you what I will do. I will give you an even four hundred
+for the five ponies I have picked out and the two mules that I shall
+choose.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Outrageous!&#8221; exploded the owner. &#8220;Why, those mules are
+worth half of the price you offer for the whole outfit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_56'></a>56</span>&#8220;Nonsense!
+Those mules have been used on crushers in the mines. Any one could see that by
+watching them mill about in a circle&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Five hundred dollars,&#8221; broke in the owner.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing doing, sir,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;Four hundred
+even.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll make it four-fifty-five and not a cent less.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come along, fellows. I know where we can get a better lot for the
+money, anyway,&#8221; declared Tad with a note of finality in his tone.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t I get my skate?&#8221; wailed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at the price he asks. Never mind, I&#8217;ll find you something
+better for the money.&#8221; Tad had already started away. His companions got
+slowly down from the fence and followed, while the owner of the stock stood
+mopping his forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here, take &#8217;em!&#8221; he cried. &#8220;I might as well give
+them away, I suppose. I need the money, but you&#8217;re getting them for
+nothing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are wrong. As it is we are paying you a hundred dollars more than
+the outfit is worth. Here is your money. Give me a receipt in full. We will get
+the stock out some time this afternoon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re the hardest driver of a bargain I ever come up
+with,&#8221; protested the man.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_57'></a>57</span>&#8220;You know
+you don&#8217;t mean that. If we hadn&#8217;t known something about horses you
+know you would have done us to a turn,&#8221; answered Tad, laughing.
+&#8220;Yes, I do believe in driving a bargain, but I wouldn&#8217;t ask a man to
+sell me a thing at a lower price than it was worth. Just keep these animals cut
+out if you will, unless you want to go to the bother of cutting them out
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I got my skate,&#8221; grinned Chunky as they were walking back
+towards the hotel where they were to meet the Professor. The latter had given
+Butler the money for the stock earlier in the day, knowing full well that Tad
+could make a much better bargain than could he. Tad had made a fair bargain. He
+had obtained a good lot of stock and he planned, furthermore, to sell the
+animals after finishing their journey, which would reduce the cost at least to a
+nominal sum.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the day was devoted to gathering supplies and packing. The boys
+had brought their saddles, bridles and other equipment of this nature with them,
+including tents and lighter camp equipment. In the meantime they had looked
+about for a guide, but without success. They were told that no doubt they would
+be able to find a man for their purpose upon their arrival at Yakutat, a hundred
+miles <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_58'></a>58</span>further on. The
+trail to that place, their informant told them, was a post trail which they
+would find no difficulty in following. The post rider would not be going through
+for another three days, and at any rate he undoubtedly would travel faster than
+they cared to do. It was decided, therefore, that they should start out without
+a guide on the morrow and make their way to Yakutat as best they might.</p>
+
+<p>The start was made in the early morning, the great mountains and the waters
+beneath it bathed in wondrous tints such as one finds nowhere outside of these
+far northern regions. The boys were light-hearted, happy, and were looking
+forward eagerly to experiences in the wilds of Alaska that should wholly satisfy
+their longings for activity and adventure.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_59'></a>59</span><a id='link_5'></a>CHAPTER V<br /><span class='h2fs'>TRAVELING A DANGEROUS MOUNTAIN PASS</span></h2>
+
+<p>To the right the well-known Chilkoot Pass extended up into the mountain
+fastness, the pass that had been traveled by so many in the early rush for the
+gold fields. Chilkoot a long distance to the northeast intersects the White
+Horse Pass. It is a rugged trail, but an easier one to travel than the one
+chosen by the Pony Rider Boys for the first stage of their journeyings.</p>
+
+<p>The object of Professor Zepplin in choosing the route to the northwest was to
+take the boys into territory that had been little explored, and to give them
+their fill of what is really the wildest and most rugged region of the United
+States.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;By the way,&#8221; called Rector after they had gotten well started
+and had dropped the village behind them, &#8220;what became of our
+friends?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The four gold diggers?&#8221; asked Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They must have gone on with the ship,&#8221; said Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, they must have,&#8221; agreed Stacy.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_60'></a>60</span>&#8220;No, they
+didn&#8217;t,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;I saw Dawson in town yesterday. Funny
+thing, but he seemed not to see me. In fact he tried to avoid me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did you let him?&#8221; questioned Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. Why should I wish to force myself on anyone who doesn&#8217;t
+want to see me? Not I. They are queer fellows. It isn&#8217;t because they
+don&#8217;t like us, but rather because they are suspicious. They are afraid
+someone will get a line on where they are going. Wouldn&#8217;t it be queer if
+we were to bump into them somewhere in the interior?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No danger of that,&#8221; spoke up the Professor. &#8220;I heard Mr.
+Darwood say they were going out the Chilkoot Pass for a short distance, from
+which they might branch off.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad chuckled softly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why do you laugh?&#8221; demanded the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I was just thinking of something funny.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s hear it,&#8221; begged Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I rather think I&#8217;ll keep it to myself,&#8221; answered Tad,
+smiling. &#8220;Let Stacy tell you one of his funny stories.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right, I&#8217;ll tell you one,&#8221; agreed Chunky readily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Leave the telling until you get to camp,&#8221; <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_61'></a>61</span>advised the Professor. &#8220;This is a
+rough trail, and you need to give it your undivided attention.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Professor is right. We would do well to watch out where we are
+going,&#8221; agreed Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I dread to think what would happen to our packs were one of those
+mules, in a moment of forgetfulness, to think he was traveling in a circle at
+the end of a sweep down in a mine,&#8221; said Ned.</p>
+
+<p>The trail they were now following was narrow. In fact, it was a mere gash in
+the side of the mountain, winding in and out with many a sharp turn, and there
+was barely room for the ponies to travel in single file. Above them towered the
+mountains for thousands of feet. Below them was a sheer precipice of fully two
+hundred feet, getting deeper all the time, as they continued on a gradual
+ascent.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t think I should like to be the post rider on this
+trail,&#8221; decided Ned, gazing wide-eyed at the abyss.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Especially on a dark night,&#8221; added Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Or any other kind of a night,&#8221; piped the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I don&#8217;t know about that,&#8221; answered Walter. &#8220;On a
+dark night you couldn&#8217;t see the gorge. What we don&#8217;t know
+doesn&#8217;t hurt us, eh?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_62'></a>62</span>&#8220;There is
+some logic in that,&#8221; agreed the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>Professor Zepplin was leading the way, dragging one mule after him at the end
+of a rope. Then came Ned with the second pack mule, followed by Tad and the
+other two boys. Butler wanted to follow behind the mules so as to keep watch of
+them, he not feeling any too great confidence in the worn-out old animals.</p>
+
+<p>The Professor halted at a turning-out place, where the rocks had been worn
+out by the wash of a mountain stream sufficiently wide to enable two horses to
+meet and pass by a tight pinch.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Young gentlemen, this is a wonderful country,&#8221; he said.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s kind of hilly,&#8221; admitted Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the Indian tongue, Alaska means &#8216;the great country,&#8217;&#8221;
+added the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, I didn&#8217;t know you talked Indian,&#8221; cried Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I always suspected the Professor was an Indian. Now I know it,&#8221;
+chuckled Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Young men, if you will listen I shall be glad to enlighten you as to
+some of the marvels of the country we are now in. If my recollection serves me
+right, the country has an area of about six hundred thousand square
+miles.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Chunky uttered a long-drawn whistle of amazement.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_63'></a>63</span>&#8220;Some
+territory that, eh, fellows?&#8221; he said, nodding.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If my recollection serves me right, Alaska is bigger than all the
+Atlantic states combined from Maine to Louisiana.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s where they have the &#8217;gators,&#8221; said Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And with half of Texas thrown in,&#8221; continued the Professor.
+&#8220;It has a coast line of about twenty-six thousand miles, a greater sea
+frontage than all the shores of the United States combined.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why one would travel as far as if he were to go around the world in
+going over all the coast line, then, wouldn&#8217;t he, Professor?&#8221;
+wondered Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Exactly. Furthermore, it extends so far towards Asia that it carries
+the dominion of our great country as far west of San Francisco as New York is
+east of it, making California really a central state.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Professor. Will you please repeat that? I didn&#8217;t get
+it,&#8221; called the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You must listen if you wish to hear what I am saying. Your mind
+wanders.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope it doesn&#8217;t do much wandering here. I&#8217;ll surely be a
+dead one if it does,&#8221; retorted Stacy, peering down the sheer walls that
+dropped into the gloomy pass below him.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_64'></a>64</span>&#8220;To give you
+another illustration, were you to combine England, Ireland, Scotland, France and
+Italy, you still would lack considerable of having enough to make an Alaska.
+Then, added to this, are the great mountains, thousands of feet high, and one
+great river&#8211;not to speak of the smaller ones&#8211;that flows through more
+than two thousand miles of wonderful country. I have given you a
+bird&#8217;s-eye-view of the country, a small part of which you have started to
+explore.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, a fellow needs a bird&#8217;s-eye up here. He has to have or
+he&#8217;s a goner,&#8221; declared Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And by the way, Professor,&#8221; said Tad. &#8220;Your pony is
+yawning with his left hind leg.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Haw, haw, haw! That&#8217;s a good one,&#8221; laughed the fat
+boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221; wondered the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He is stretching himself. His left hind foot at this moment is
+suspended over several hundred feet of space. But don&#8217;t startle him for
+goodness&#8217; sake,&#8221; laughed Tad.</p>
+
+<p>The Professor glanced back. Afterwards the boys declared he had gone pale at
+the sight of that foot held so carelessly over the yawning chasm, but the
+Professor denied the accusation. He clucked very gently to the pony. The <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_65'></a>65</span>little animal lazily drew
+the foot in, and, after trying several places, at last found a spot that
+appeared to suit it and on which it placed the small foot. The boys drew a sigh
+of relief.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My, but that was a narrow escape,&#8221; derided Ned. &#8220;Just
+think of it, Professor.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gid ap,&#8221; commanded Professor Zepplin. &#8220;Look sharp that
+none of you does worse.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Now and then reaching a spot where they could get an unobstructed view of the
+distance the boys were fairly thrilled by the sight of the jagged peaks,
+sparkling in the sunlight, many hidden in the clouds and too high to be seen. It
+was an awesome sight and at such times stilled the merry voices of the Pony
+Rider Boys as they gazed off over the array of wonderful heights.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are they?&#8221; asked Ned when he first caught sight of this
+vista of mountain peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The first one should be Mt. Lituya and the next Mt.
+Fairweather,&#8221; Tad replied.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That is correct, according to the map,&#8221; spoke up the Professor.
+&#8220;The former is ten thousand feet high, the latter five thousand, five
+hundred.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A series of low wondering whistles were heard from the lips of the boys. It
+did not seem possible that the distance to the tops of those mountains could be
+so great.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_66'></a>66</span>&#8220;I should
+like to climb one of the highest,&#8221; declared Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You can&#8217;t,&#8221; answered the Professor sharply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not, Professor?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because I shall not allow it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And there&#8217;s another reason,&#8221; announced Stacy. &#8220;You
+can&#8217;t because you can&#8217;t. But if you did succeed in getting to the
+top think what sport you could have!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How so?&#8221; asked Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You could do a toboggan slide two miles long. I reckon it would land
+you somewhere over in Asia. Wouldn&#8217;t that be funny?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know about that,&#8221; reflected Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You wouldn&#8217;t know about it if you were to take the slide,
+either. But how it would surprise some of those Asiatics to see a Pony Rider Boy
+suddenly landing in their midst, coming from the nowhere,&#8221; chuckled
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I rather think it would surprise almost anyone to have a Pony Rider
+Boy land in his midst,&#8221; answered Tad with a smiling nod.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that some kind of joke?&#8221; demanded the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, that&#8217;s an axiom,&#8221; spoke up Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An axiom?&#8221; reflected Chunky. &#8220;Oh, I know what that is. It
+is something that something else revolves around, isn&#8217;t it? That&#8217;s
+the <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_67'></a>67</span>sort of thing the
+world is supposed to revolve about. I know, for I read it in my
+geography.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boys groaned. The suspicion of a smile played about the corners of
+Professor Zepplin&#8217;s mouth.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You had better go back to school rather than be traveling with real
+men,&#8221; advised Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t that an axiom, Professor?&#8221; called Stacy
+indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is not.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then what is one?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are a living example of one yourself,&#8221; was the whimsical
+reply. Stacy pondered over the Professor&#8217;s retort all the rest of that
+day. But when noon came and passed and no stop was made for a noonday meal, the
+fat boy began to grow restive.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t we stop for something to eat?&#8221; he demanded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should like to know where?&#8221; answered Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t there a place wide enough for us, Tad?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is not.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But when are we going to find one?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know as much about that as I do. Remember none of us ever has been
+over this trail. For aught I know we may have to sleep standing up
+to-night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_68'></a>68</span>&#8220;Well, I
+reckon I&#8217;d just as soon fall off before dark as after. Anyhow, I
+don&#8217;t propose to sleep on this trail as it looks to me
+now&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hark!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad&#8217;s voice was sharp and incisive. He was holding up one hand to
+impose silence on his companions. Walter Perkins&#8217; face grew pale, the fat
+boy&#8217;s eyes were large and frightened. Professor Zepplin halted his pony
+sharply and turning in his saddle glanced anxiously back toward his charges.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; stammered Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; answered Tad Butler. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+something awful, whatever it is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have no fear, young men. I know what that sound is. There is no danger
+here where we are, for&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Professor did not complete his sentence. The distant rumbling that had at
+first attracted their attention suddenly merged into a deafening roar, and the
+trail quivered under their feet. The ponies snorted and threw up their heads,
+chafing at the bits.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hold fast to your horses!&#8221; shouted Tad. His voice was lost in
+the great roar that now overwhelmed them, sending terror to the hearts of every
+Pony Rider Boy on that narrow ledge of rock known as the Yakutat trail.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_69'></a>69</span><a id='link_6'></a>CHAPTER VI<br /><span class='h2fs'>CAUGHT IN A GIANT SLIDE</span></h2>
+
+<p>Tad knew the meaning of that rushing, roaring sound now. A few particles
+chipped from the rocks far above them had struck him sharply in the face. He
+knew that a landslide was sweeping down.</p>
+
+<p>His first impulse was to urge his companions forward, but upon second thought
+he realized that this might be the very worst thing they could do. His quick
+ears had told him that the center of the slide was ahead of them. That was his
+judgment, but he knew how easily it was to be mistaken in a moment like
+this.</p>
+
+<p>Glancing up the boy could see nothing but a great cloud of dust that filled
+the air. His companions seemed powerless to stir, and it was fortunate for them
+that such was the case, else they might have done that which would have sent
+them to a quick death.</p>
+
+<p>Tad unslung his rope with the intention of casting it over a sharp rock that
+extended some six feet up above the level of the trail and on the mountainside.
+In an emergency it would <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_70'></a>70</span>serve to anchor him. He motioned to the others to do
+the same, but either they did not understand or they were too frightened to
+act.</p>
+
+<p>A sudden dust cloud obliterated the trail for fully five rods ahead of
+Professor Zepplin, then went shooting out into the chasm beyond, and a great
+mass of earth seemed to leap from the mountainside just above them. It hovered
+right over the center of the line of ponies for an agonizing second, then swept
+down on them.</p>
+
+<p>The secondary slide, which this was, had but little width, perhaps a few
+feet. Furthermore, it had fallen only a short distance, so that it had not had
+time to gain great velocity. The mass smote the pack mule just ahead of Tad
+Butler. Tad saw the pack mule&#8217;s hind feet go out from under him. For the
+smallest fraction of a moment the animal stood quivering, then his hind hoofs
+slipped over the edge of the trail.</p>
+
+<p>The little animal was making desperate efforts to cling to the trail with its
+fore feet, at the same time trying to get its hind feet back on solid ground.
+That effort was fatal. Little by little the frightened beast slipped toward the
+great gulf. Evidently realizing the fate that was in store for it, the mule
+brayed shrilly.</p>
+
+<p>The Pony Rider Boys sat gazing on the scene with fascinated eyes. Even
+Professor Zepplin <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_71'></a>71</span>was
+at a loss for words, and at a greater loss for a remedy for the disaster that
+was upon them. Tad Butler&#8217;s brain was working, however.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Tad raised his rope above his head and gave it three sharp twirls.
+Then he let go. The big loop dropped over the head of the unfortunate pack
+mule.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Jump on him and hold him down,&#8221; shouted Tad. &#8220;Be careful
+that you don&#8217;t go over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boys hesitated slightly. Perhaps they could not have accomplished
+anything, but Butler did not wait to see. He had slipped from his own pony with
+a sharp, commanding &#8220;Whoa&#8221; to the little animal, which served in a
+measure to reassure it.</p>
+
+<p>The lad then sprang to the upright rock carrying the end of his rope with
+him. He did not make the mistake of making the end fast to his own body as he
+might have done in some circumstances. Instead he threw the rope over the rock,
+taking one quick turn about it. He had no more than taken that turn when the
+slack on the rope was suddenly taken up and the rope was drawn taut.</p>
+
+<p>There was no need to look around to see what had happened. Butler knew well
+enough without looking. The pack mule had slipped over the edge and was hanging
+there with the boy&#8217;s <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_72'></a>72</span>lasso about its neck. The rope was tough rawhide, and
+Tad felt sure it would hold. Still, that would not save the mule, so he made
+fast and sprang to the other side of the trail. The mule, he found, was dying a
+terrible death.</p>
+
+<p>The freckle-faced Tad comprehended the situation in a single glance. He knew
+now that it would not be possible to save the pack animal. Drawing his revolver
+he placed the muzzle close to the head of the unfortunate beast and pulled the
+trigger.</p>
+
+<p>The report, in the walled-in pass, sounded like the discharge of a
+cannon.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;N-n-n-now you&#8217;ve done it,&#8221; chattered Stacy Brown.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tad, Tad! What have you done?&#8221; cried the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have put the poor thing out of its agony, that&#8217;s all,&#8221;
+answered Butler. His face was pale and his eyes troubled.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But you&#8217;ve killed him,&#8221; protested Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Didn&#8217;t you see that he was choking to death, Professor?
+Don&#8217;t you think it was better to end his sufferings with a bullet rather
+than let him slowly strangle?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Professor took off his sombrero, and, with an unsteady hand, wiped the
+perspiration from his forehead.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_73'></a>73</span>&#8220;Too bad,
+too bad!&#8221; he muttered. &#8220;Yes, yes. You were right, Tad. You did
+right. You thought more quickly and more clearly than I did. We had better cut
+the rope and let him go. There is nothing else to be done, I suppose.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is something else to be done, sir. There is something quite
+important to be done.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The pack. Surely we are not going to send that pack crashing to the
+bottom of the pass. We shall have to go all the way back for more supplies if we
+do that, provided we ever find a place where we can turn around.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That is so. Still, lad, I am afraid it is hopeless. We never shall be
+able to get the pack.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think it can be done, but how I don&#8217;t know yet. What time is
+it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The afternoon is well along,&#8221; answered the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;ll be dark soon,&#8221; spoke up Ned. &#8220;We simply must
+get out of this before night or we are lost.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You forget about the length of the days up here at this time of the
+year,&#8221; reminded Tad with a faint smile.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s so,&#8221; agreed Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know it doesn&#8217;t get really dark until <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_74'></a>74</span>about eleven o&#8217;clock to-night. So
+you see we have plenty of time in which to get that pack and reach a camping
+place before the night gets too dark for us to see what we are about.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad stepped to the edge of the trail and looked over the dead mule and the
+pack lashed to him. He saw that the pack already had slipped dangerously, and
+that a sudden jolt might send it hurtling into the chasm. The lad measured the
+distance to the pack, with his eyes, and also saw that he could not lean over
+far enough to accomplish anything. Then an idea occurred to him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have you fellows got back your nerve so that you can help me?&#8221;
+he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir,&#8221; answered Chunky promptly. &#8220;Anything but jumping
+over. Don&#8217;t ask me to do that, please, or I shall be under the necessity
+of returning a polite refusal.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I shan&#8217;t ask you,&#8221; answered Tad shortly. &#8220;How about
+you, Ned?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I have got over my panic.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good. Pass over two strong ropes here. We&#8217;ll have that pack in
+no time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;See here, Tad. I am not going to permit you to take unnecessary risks.
+Before you go farther in this matter I want to know what you propose to
+do,&#8221; insisted the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am going to secure one of these ropes <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_75'></a>75</span>to me. The boys will lower me over the
+edge and I will fasten a second rope to the pack. I will tell you what to do
+after that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t permit it!&#8221; answered the Professor decisively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Listen to me, please. There can be no possible danger. It is perfectly
+simple. Before I go over I&#8217;ll secure the rope to that rock, and in case
+the boys let go, which they&#8217;d better not, I can&#8217;t fall; the rope
+will hold me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After a moment&#8217;s reflection Professor Zepplin concluded that the task
+would not be attended with a very great risk after all. Besides, it was
+all-important that they get the pack and its contents, if this could be done
+without endangering any lives.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about it, sir?&#8221; asked Tad. &#8220;Time is
+precious.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You may try it, but I shall see to the fastening of the rope myself.
+Make your arrangements.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad lost no time in trying out his plan. He first secured one end of their
+strongest rope to the rock that already had played such an important part in
+their operations at that point. He next fashioned a non-slip loop about his body
+under the arms, then taking the second rope in his hands announced himself as
+ready.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Take a turn about the rock so you will <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_76'></a>76</span>have a leverage. Take up all the slack.
+That&#8217;s it. Now I&#8217;m all ready.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The lad let himself over the edge of the precipice without hesitation. There
+really was no great danger, but it was not a pleasant position in which to be
+placed. He secured his rope to the pack lashings and tossed the free end up to
+his friends.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How are you going to free the pack from the mule?&#8221; asked the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Cut it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But we can&#8217;t manage both you and the pack at the same
+time,&#8221; protested the boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t have to. Can&#8217;t you folks think of two things at
+the same time?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can when my thinking apparatus is working,&#8221; returned Stacy.
+&#8220;The whole plant is idle at the present moment.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Listen! Fasten the pack rope to that rock. Do you get that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;First take up all the slack or you may lose the pack after all. We
+don&#8217;t want any great jolt when I cut loose the lashings. Draw it up well.
+Tighter! There, that&#8217;s better. Now, have you got it so that it will
+hold?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;ll hold as long as the mountain holds together,&#8221;
+answered Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then watch your rope. Here goes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<div class='figcenter'>
+<img src='images/illus-077.jpg' id="img002" alt='' />
+<p class='center caption'>Tad Freed the Pack.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_78'></a>78</span>Tad slit the cinch
+girth. He was obliged to make several efforts before he freed the pack, which
+then swung out and away from the dead mule, swaying back and forth for a moment
+or so, but safe. The boys uttered a cheer.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now shall we pull you up?&#8221; cried Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, don&#8217;t be in a hurry. I&#8217;m not done yet. I want to save
+my lasso. You don&#8217;t think I&#8217;m going to throw that away, do you? Pass
+me another rope, please.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This was done, after which Butler secured the third rope about the neck of
+the mule. He tossed the free end up as he had done with the other line.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Make it fast. First see if you can&#8217;t give me a little
+slack.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t do it,&#8221; called Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes you can. Try again. That&#8217;s the idea. A little more.
+You&#8217;re doing finely. You would make good sailors. Whoa! Make
+fast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grunting and perspiring, and with aching backs, the boys made fast the
+advantage they had gained. The weight of the dead mule was now resting on the
+new rope which Butler had fastened about its neck. Some time was occupied in
+getting his lasso loose, which had drawn very tight under the weight of the
+mule.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what comes from having a good rope,&#8221; said Tad.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_79'></a>79</span>&#8220;Well, are
+you coming up? You must like it down there,&#8221; cried Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m almost ready. There, now see if you can get me up. Take up
+all your advantage and hold it until I can get my hands on the ledge and help
+you a little.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Hauling Tad Butler up, a dead weight, was not the easiest thing in the world.
+They drew him up an inch or so at a time, until at last he fastened his hands on
+the edge of the trail and curled himself up. The boys took up the slack and made
+fast at his direction.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You needn&#8217;t pull any more, but stand by the rope. If I slip it
+will give me a hard jolt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say it would,&#8221; muttered Ned. &#8220;How are you going
+to get up the rest of the way if we don&#8217;t haul you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad crawled up the rope hand over hand until he was able to swing one foot
+over on the trail. The rest was easy, and a moment later he was standing on the
+trail, his face red, his hair and shirt wet with perspiration.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hooray!&#8221; bellowed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait until we get the pack up. Don&#8217;t waste your breath,&#8221;
+grinned Tad. &#8220;We are only half finished.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The lad surveyed the situation critically. Still he saw no other way than for
+them to haul <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_80'></a>80</span>the pack
+up by main strength. He told his companions to get ready for real work. The pack
+was heavier than Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I can&#8217;t do another thing,&#8221; wailed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why can&#8217;t you?&#8221; demanded the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My heart won&#8217;t stand it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, pooh!&#8221; scoffed Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did you ever have a thorough physical examination, Chunky?&#8221;
+questioned Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. Why?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you had you would no doubt have found that you hadn&#8217;t any
+heart at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, Ned, that isn&#8217;t fair,&#8221; chided Tad laughingly.
+&#8220;You know Stacy has a heart. He has shown many times that he has. The only
+trouble with it is that it isn&#8217;t as hard as it might be,&#8221; added the
+freckle-faced boy with a twinkle.</p>
+
+<p>The fat boy wasn&#8217;t quite sure whether this was a compliment or
+otherwise. He decided to think about it and make up his mind later. But he most
+emphatically refused to pull a single pound on the rope. They compromised by
+making him look out for the stock.</p>
+
+<p>Hauling the pack up was a slow and tedious process, for it was continually
+catching on points of rock and threatening to drop into the depths. Great
+patience was required to land <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_81'></a>81</span>it safely on the trail, but land it they did after
+working and perspiring over it for nearly half an hour. The Professor proposed
+that they move on at once, after having divided the pack. Tad shook his
+head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not yet,&#8221; he said. &#8220;I&#8217;ve something else to do
+first.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_82'></a>82</span><a id='link_7'></a>CHAPTER VII<br /><span class='h2fs'>GOING TO BED BY DAYLIGHT</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Something else to do?&#8221; repeated the Professor. &#8220;I know of
+nothing more to be done except to get under way and try to find a safe
+portage.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got to bury the mule, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh! Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll show you. Stand clear of the rope, fellows,&#8221; ordered
+Butler.</p>
+
+<p>Stepping to the edge of the trail he glanced down at the body of the mule,
+swaying with a scarcely perceptible movement. Looking back to see that the rope
+was clear, Tad drew his hunting knife and stooped over, his companions drawing
+as near to the edge as they dared.</p>
+
+<p>Butler cut the rope that held the dead mule. The rope suddenly sprang back as
+the unfortunate pack mule&#8217;s body shot down into the shadowy pass. The
+other boys instinctively drew back. Their nerve was not quite equal to standing
+on the brink to watch the sight. With Tad it was different. He seemed not to be
+at all affected by great heights or great <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_83'></a>83</span>depths. He stood with the toes of his boots over the
+edge, gazing down until a faint sound from far below told him that the body had
+struck.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all, fellows,&#8221; he said, turning back to them.
+&#8220;I reckon we had better do as the Professor suggests, and get under way at
+once. I will confess that this bracing air is having some effect on my
+appetite.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t speak of it,&#8221; begged Stacy. &#8220;I am trying to
+forget that I have an appetite, but it&#8217;s awful hard work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Too bad about the mule, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; asked Rector
+soberly.</p>
+
+<p>Tad nodded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I should say it is,&#8221; agreed Stacy. &#8220;There&#8217;s
+eight dollars of my good money gone down into that hole.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Never mind. He was wind-broken and undoubtedly would have played out
+before we got through the mountains. I am glad it wasn&#8217;t the other
+one,&#8221; answered Butler cheerfully. &#8220;How is the trail ahead,
+Professor?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I haven&#8217;t looked.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Bidding them wait until he made an inspection, Tad walked ahead. He found the
+narrow trail filled with dirt and shale rock; there were many tons of it heaped
+up on the trail.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, fudge!&#8221; laughed the boy. &#8220;Fate is determined <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_84'></a>84</span>to make us turn back. But
+we won&#8217;t! We are going through, even if we have to build a tunnel. Get out
+the shovel, Ned.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This necessitated undoing the bundle that held all the tools of the outfit,
+and also entailed the unloading of the pack on the back of the remaining pack
+mule. Ned soon came trotting up with the shovel. He uttered a long-drawn whistle
+when he saw the blocked trail.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We never shall be able to get through that,&#8221; he groaned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes we shall. I&#8217;ll shovel until I am tired, then you take
+hold and make the dirt fly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll do that all right,&#8221; returned Rector. &#8220;I am too
+keen for my dinner and supper to delay matters any more than I am obliged to. We
+ought to make Chunky take a hand.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I wouldn&#8217;t risk it. Before he had finished he would have
+lost the shovel overboard. It is the only one we have. Here goes!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad did make the dirt fly. He was a sturdy young man, all muscle and grit. He
+shoveled for twenty minutes, working his way through the great heap of dirt.
+Then he straightened up, his face flushed and perspiring.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go to it, Ned!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned did, with a will. An hour and a half was consumed in clearing the trail,
+and, when <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_85'></a>85</span>they
+finished, both boys were wet with perspiration.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think we had better walk for the present,&#8221; suggested Tad.
+&#8220;We shall stiffen up if we ride in our present overheated
+condition.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned nodded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t be much lamer than I am. I feel as if I had a broken
+hinge in my back,&#8221; he declared.</p>
+
+<p>They started on, moving with extreme care that they might not meet with
+another such disaster. The remaining pack mule was a much better animal than the
+one they had lost. He was possessed of better sense, too, and seemed to
+understand that great responsibilities rested on his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>As for the trail, it was the same rugged, narrow path that they had been
+following for hours.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What if we should meet someone here?&#8221; wondered Walter
+apprehensively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Back up or jump over,&#8221; answered Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy shivered.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t like it at all,&#8221; he muttered.</p>
+
+<p>The Professor uttered a shout.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; cried the boys all together.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Land ho!&#8221; was the answer.</p>
+
+<p>The boys craned their necks to see what the Professor had discovered, but he
+was just <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_86'></a>86</span>rounding a
+bend beyond which they could not see. When they had made the turn the boys
+shouted, too. The trail, they saw, opened out into a broad pass. The ground
+there, though uneven, was fairly level, thickly wooded with slender Alaskan
+cedar, its yellow, lacy foliage drooping gracefully from the branches. Tall and
+straight, the cedars shot up into the air until it seemed as if their slender
+tops pierced the sky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How beautiful!&#8221; cried Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t they make fish poles, though?&#8221; chuckled Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, we wouldn&#8217;t have to leave home when we went fishing,&#8221;
+answered Stacy. &#8220;We could just sit on the back porch and drop a hook in
+the water at the back of the old pasture lot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How high do you think those trees are, Professor?&#8221; asked
+Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All of a hundred and fifty feet. A marvelous growth.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I can appreciate the beauty of it more after I get something
+inside of me,&#8221; spoke up the fat boy. &#8220;Do we get anything to eat or
+do we absorb landscape for our supper?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon we had better get busy,&#8221; agreed Tad laughingly.</p>
+
+<p>They began unloading the packs at once. By <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_87'></a>87</span>the time the boys came in with the wood the spot had
+assumed a really camp-like appearance. The pots were filled with water and Tad
+began building a structure that was to be their campfire when he was ready to
+touch it off.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did you find any birch bark, Ned?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, there it is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, thank you. The cedar will burn all right, but it is a good thing
+to have the birch. We shall have a supper worth while in a few minutes. Stacy,
+get busy and prepare the coffee.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>For once the fat boy did not demur. He was too hungry, and was willing to do
+almost anything that would hurry the supper along. Not a mouthful had any of
+them eaten since breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>The ponies were browsing contentedly, but the mule had lain down and gone to
+sleep. The day was still bright, though the air had grown cooler than when the
+sun was at its height. Still, a warm glow suffused the faces of the Pony Rider
+Boys because they had been exercising. They usually were busy, and not one of
+the lads, unless it were Stacy Brown, had a lazy streak in him. Stacy was
+constitutionally opposed to doing anything that looked like real work.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_88'></a>88</span>The cedar quickly
+blazed up into a crackling fire, consuming the foliage. Tad took some of the
+brands and made a small cooking fire that soon was a glowing bed of coals. Over
+this he broiled the bacon, toasted the bread, and cooked the coffee without the
+least apparent effort.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy Brown sat regarding the operations. Ned said that Stacy reminded him of
+a dog watching the preparation of its dinner, but the fat boy took no notice of
+Ned&#8217;s comparison.</p>
+
+<p>At last the meal was ready and the boys gathered around the spread that was
+laid near the campfire, and began to eat with good appetites. Ned nearly choked
+on a biscuit, and Tad swallowed a drink of water the wrong way, while Walter
+accidentally kicked over the coffee pot, the contents spilling over the
+Professor&#8217;s ankle to the great damage of the Professor&#8217;s skin at
+that point.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here, here! Is this a football scrimmage or are you young gentlemen at
+your meal?&#8221; demanded the Professor. &#8220;I&#8217;ve seen nothing to
+indicate the latter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Professor,&#8221; begged Tad laughingly. &#8220;Aren&#8217;t you
+pretty hard on us?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You did perfectly right, Professor,&#8221; approved Stacy.
+&#8220;Their manners are bad and I am glad you have called them to account.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_89'></a>89</span>Why, their example is
+so bad that I have been fearful all the time of getting into bad habits
+myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned gave him a warning look.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait!&#8221; warned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t. I&#8217;m too hungry.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we have been rather rude, Professor,&#8221; admitted Tad.
+&#8220;I beg your pardon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Show your repentance by making a fresh pot of coffee, as I have most
+of the first lot in my stocking,&#8221; reminded Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed odd to be eating supper in broad daylight, whereas they ordinarily
+ate in the twilight or after dark. After supper, and when the remains were
+cleared away, the boys strolled about, talking. At ten o&#8217;clock the
+Professor called that it was time to turn in.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But it isn&#8217;t dark yet,&#8221; protested Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The nights are short. Unless you turn in early you will not want to
+get up in the morning,&#8221; reminded Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He never does,&#8221; averred Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t want to turn in at chicken hours,&#8221; objected
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Little boys should be in bed early,&#8221; said Tad smilingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what they made me do when I was a baby. They&#8217;d tuck
+me in my little crib and give me a bottle and sing me to sleep. What <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_90'></a>90</span>time does it get daylight,
+Professor?&#8221; questioned the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;As a matter of fact it hardly gets dark,&#8221; answered the
+Professor. &#8220;We shall have only about three hours of real night, I think.
+That is about the way it has been since we have been in this latitude. You will
+find it more difficult to sleep with the morning light in your eyes than with
+this light, so go to bed.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am thinking the same. Good-night, all. Don&#8217;t any of you boys
+dare snore to-night. Remember we are sleeping in rather close quarters,&#8221;
+reminded Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One of you may come in with me,&#8221; offered the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, thank you, we shall do very well as it is,&#8221; replied Tad.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy had the usual number of complaints to make. The cedar odor prevented
+his breathing properly, the sharp stickers on the cedar boughs poked through his
+pajamas and into his skin. He voiced all the complaints he could think of, after
+which he settled down to long, rhythmic snores that could be heard all around
+the place, inside and out. The purple twilight merged into blue shadows, then
+into black, impenetrable darkness that swallowed up the pass and the two little
+white tents of the Pony Rider Boys.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_91'></a>91</span><a id='link_8'></a>CHAPTER VIII<br /><span class='h2fs'>AN INTRUDER IN THE CAMP</span></h2>
+
+<div class='poetry'>
+<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&#8220;W&#8217;en de screech-owl light on de gable
+en&#8217;<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;En holler, Whoo-oo! oh-oh!<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;Den you bettah keep yo&#8217; eyeball peel,<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Kase dey bring bad luck t&#8217; yo&#8217;,<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Oh-oh! oh-oh!&#8221;</p> </div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop that noise!&#8221; shouted an angry voice from the tent occupied
+by the boys.</p>
+
+<p>For a few moments silence reigned in the camp of the Pony Rider Boys. Then
+the voice of the singer from somewhere outside was raised again.</p>
+
+<div class='poetry'>
+<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&#8220;W&#8217;en de ole black cat widdee yella
+eyes<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Slink round like she atter ah mouse,<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;Den yo&#8217; bettah take keer yo&#8217;self en frien&#8217;s,<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Kase dey&#8217;s sho&#8217;ly a witch en de house.&#8221;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who is making that unearthly noise?&#8221; demanded the Professor in
+an irritated voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s Stacy singing,&#8221; answered Tad politely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Singing?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_92'></a>92</span>&#8220;Nonsense!
+Does he think he can sing?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Humph! I shall be obliged if some of you boys will remove that
+impression from his mind so that I may go back to sleep.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<div class='poetry'>
+<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&#8220;W&#8217;en de puddle duck &#8217;e leave de
+pon&#8217;<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;En start to comb e
+fedder&#8211;&#8221;</p> </div>
+
+<p>A stone struck the rock on which Stacy Brown was sitting. Some small
+particles flew up and hit him in the neck.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hey, you fellows quit that!&#8221;</p>
+
+<div class='poetry'>
+<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&#8220;Den yo&#8217; bettah take yo&#8217;
+umbrell,<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Kase dey&#8217;s gwine to be wet
+wedder.&#8221;</p> </div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yeow!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The fat boy left the rock, jumping right up into the air, for the wild yell
+had seemed to come out of the rock itself. At that juncture three pajama-clad
+figures rose from behind the rock and threw themselves upon him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let go of my neck!&#8221; howled Chunky, fighting desperately to free
+himself, not having caught a glance at his assailants, though he knew well
+enough who they were. Stacy had calculated on aggravating them to the danger
+point, then slipping away and hiding until <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_93'></a>93</span>breakfast time. But he had gone a little too far with
+his so-called singing.</p>
+
+<p>The boys picked the fat boy up and carried him, kicking and yelling, to a
+point just beyond the camp where a glacial stream trickled down, forming in a
+pool some three feet deep near the trail.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I&#8217;ll get even with you fellows for this. Can&#8217;t you
+let me alone?&#8221; he cried.</p>
+
+<p>Reaching the spring they held him by the feet and soused him into the icy
+water head first, thrusting the fat boy in until his head struck the hard
+bottom. He was howling lustily, howling and choking, when his head was out of
+water.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll need your &#8216;old ombrell&#8217; when we have done with
+you,&#8221; cried Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will wake us up at this hour with your unearthly screeching, will
+you?&#8221; demanded Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon the Professor will give you a spanking for disturbing his
+morning slumbers,&#8221; added Walter Perkins.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s enough, fellows. Remember the water is cold,&#8221;
+warned Butler. &#8220;Let him go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They took Tad literally. They did let the fat boy go. He landed on his head
+on a hard rock when they let go of him, and Stacy rolled on his back yelling
+lustily.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_94'></a>94</span>&#8220;Look out!
+There comes the Professor Stacy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Walter shouted the warning just in time. Professor Zepplin, stern of face,
+gorgeous in a pair of new pajamas, a stick in one hand came stalking toward the
+group. Stacy saw him coming. The fat boy bounded to his feet in a hurry. He was
+especially interested in the cedar limb with its sharp broken points, grasped so
+firmly in the right hand of the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon I&#8217;ll see you all later,&#8221; muttered Chunky as he
+made a bolt for his tent. Either some one tripped him or he tripped himself. At
+least, he measured his length on the ground just as the stick came in contact
+with his body. It was not a hard blow, but merely a tap of reminder. The
+Professor was now smiling broadly.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy leaped to his feet and ran, howling at the top of his voice, and
+threatening dire revenge on the Professor. Professor Zepplin was plainly
+undismayed, for he pursued with strides that made the merry onlookers think of
+the seven-league boots.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say, can&#8217;t we arbitrate, without an appeal to force?&#8221;
+bellowed back Stacy as he reached the tent.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We cannot,&#8221; boomed the Professor&#8217;s deep <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_95'></a>95</span>voice. &#8220;This is an
+instance in which the punitive expedition must go through.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>Whack! Whack!</i>That stick played a tattoo that made Stacy sore in more
+senses than one. Instead of burrowing deeper into the cedar boughs, he got up
+hastily. In his desperation he seized the Professor&#8217;s feet, giving a
+mighty tug at them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here, stop that!&#8221; protested Professor Zepplin, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>He reached for the fat boy, but Chunky, with a new exertion of his strength,
+brought the tutor down to a sitting position.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Retreat in good order, while you have a chance!&#8221; called Walter
+Perkins. Three grinning faces met the fugitive at the tent. But Stacy bowled
+Walter over, leaped the foot that Rector extended to trip him, and then dashed
+for the shelter of the tall cedars, where he hid.</p>
+
+<p>There he shivered in his wet pajamas. It was three o&#8217;clock in the
+morning, but young Brown cared not for time. His stomach told him only that it
+was high breakfast time. The gnawing under his belt-line continued.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish I hadn&#8217;t been quite so fresh!&#8221; thought the boy,
+dismally. &#8220;It&#8217;s all right to have fun, but there are times when a
+square meal is worth more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>However, the Professor, though he was really <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_96'></a>96</span>enjoying the situation, looked anything but
+amiable.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll try the crowd, anyway,&#8221; thought Stacy, ruefully.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ve got to get near the kitchen kit soon. Hello, the
+camp!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There was no response. Stacy emerged from his hiding place and began to sing
+the song he had learned from Rastus Rastus in Kentucky.</p>
+
+<p>One end of the tent was suddenly raised.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you want another ducking?&#8221; demanded the angry voice of Ned
+Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you&#8217;re man enough to give it to me,&#8221; returned the fat
+boy.</p>
+
+<p>Ned came tumbling out, but by the time he had straightened up, Stacy was
+nowhere in sight. The fat boy had stolen in among the trees whence he watched
+the progress of events. Ned returned to his tent in disgust. No further
+objection was heard from the Professor as to Chunky&#8217;s vocal exercises.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s no use trying to sleep with that boy bawling away out
+there. What does he think he is, a bird?&#8221; demanded Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sounds more like a hoot owl, the bird he was telling us about,&#8221;
+averred Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess I&#8217;ll get up. So long as he is abroad there will be no
+more rest in this camp for the rest of the night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_97'></a>97</span>&#8220;Won&#8217;t
+he catch cold? He must be all wet,&#8221; said Walter solicitously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope to goodness he does,&#8221; retorted Rector. &#8220;I hope he
+gets such a cold that he can&#8217;t speak for a week. Then we&#8217;ll have
+some peace.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I wouldn&#8217;t put it quite so strongly as that,&#8221; laughed
+Tad. &#8220;However, I guess he will get the cold all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad dressed himself. After finishing, he thought to look at his watch and was
+disgusted to find it was only a few minutes after three o&#8217;clock. Ned
+declared that he was going to sleep again if Tad would keep the fat boy quiet.
+Butler promised to do his best and went out. He looked about for Stacy but
+failed to see him, so the freckle-faced boy sat down on the rock where Chunky
+had sat singing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hello, Tad,&#8221; piped a voice behind him, causing Butler to jump a
+little. Stacy had been hiding behind the rock, to which place he had crept from
+the cedar forest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, it&#8217;s you, is it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess so. I&#8217;m cold and&#8211;and hungry.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go back to the tent. You should put on some dry clothes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t care whether I freeze or not. Go get them for me,
+please.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I will not. You got yourself into this difficulty, <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_98'></a>98</span>now get out of it as best
+you may,&#8221; answered Butler. &#8220;There won&#8217;t be any breakfast for
+three hours yet. Tighten your belt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I haven&#8217;t any belt. I haven&#8217;t my clothes
+on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s too bad,&#8221; retorted Tad unfeelingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;d you soak me for?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A cold bath in the morning is an excellent tonic. Hadn&#8217;t you
+ever heard that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If I had I&#8217;d know now that it isn&#8217;t true. I didn&#8217;t
+think you could be as mean as that, Tad.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I didn&#8217;t think you could be so mean as to wake us up at three
+o&#8217;clock in the morning with your screeching. Why did you do it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I was exercising my voice.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say so. But take my advice. Don&#8217;t use it that way
+again, especially so early in the morning. You&#8217;ll ruin it and then you
+won&#8217;t be able to sing at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That would be a catastrophe,&#8221; mumbled Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A blessing to the Pony Rider Boys community, you mean.
+Hello!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; cried Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>Tad was staring fixedly at a rope suspended between two small cedars near the
+tents. It was on this that some of the provisions had been hung the previous
+evening.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_99'></a>99</span>&#8220;Where is
+that ham?&#8221; he demanded, apparently not having heard his companion&#8217;s
+question.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What ham?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The one I hung up there last night?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I don&#8217;t know. I didn&#8217;t eat it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad got up and hastened to the &#8220;stores-line,&#8221; as they called the
+rope that held their meats and other provisions. He discovered that several
+other articles besides the ham were missing. Even the pieces of twine with which
+the provisions had been fastened to the line were missing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, if this doesn&#8217;t beat everything!&#8221; wondered
+Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It does,&#8221; agreed Chunky, who had made bold to approach. &#8220;I
+hope the fellows won&#8217;t blame me, but I reckon they will. They lay
+everything to me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad did not reply. He was trying to make up his mind what had become of the
+missing provisions. He turned sharply to Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;See here, you aren&#8217;t playing tricks on us, are you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Stacy indignantly protested that he was not.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I knew you&#8217;d try to put it on me,&#8221; he grumbled.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m pretty bad, I know, but I don&#8217;t steal.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop it! I haven&#8217;t accused you of stealing. <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_100'></a>100</span>Of course I know you wouldn&#8217;t do
+that, but if you have taken the stuff and hidden it for a joke, say so now
+before I call the others. They might not take kindly to your joke after your
+early morning vocal exercises.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I didn&#8217;t. I don&#8217;t know any more about it than you
+do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Stacy&#8217;s lips were blue with cold and he was chattering. Tad suddenly
+observed these signs of cold and felt sorry for the boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When the others come out, you duck in and put on some dry clothes. You
+will have plenty of time. I don&#8217;t think they will bother you. Oh, Ned!
+Professor!&#8221; called Tad.</p>
+
+<p>Ned Rector, Professor Zepplin and Walter came hurrying out.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t there any rest at all in this camp?&#8221; protested
+Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That is what I was about to inquire,&#8221; declared the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What! <i>You</i> here?&#8221; demanded Rector, fixing a menacing eye on
+the fat boy. &#8220;Has he been cutting up again?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s something else this time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; questioned Professor Zepplin sharply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did any of you folks remove the ham and the other stuff from the line
+last night?&#8221; asked Butler.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_101'></a>101</span>&#8220;No,&#8221; replied Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course not. You were the last one to attend to those things,&#8221;
+said the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I helped him tie them up,&#8221; interjected &#8220;Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And&#8211;and I watched him&#8211;them&#8211;do it,&#8221; added
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, that&#8217;s about all you ever do do,&#8221; objected Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s this you say?&#8221; questioned Professor Zepplin.
+&#8220;The ham missing?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir. It is nowhere about,&#8221; Tad informed him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then we must have had a visit from a bear or some other
+animal.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What would a bear want with a rope?&#8221; asked Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A rope?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I left our quarter-inch reserve rope coiled at the foot of that tree
+last night. It isn&#8217;t there now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy Brown, do you know anything about this?&#8221; demanded the
+Professor sternly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;d I tell you, Tad? I knew you&#8217;d be accusing me for
+the whole business. I told Tad you would blame me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go put on some dry garments,&#8221; commanded the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy lost no time in getting to the tent.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_102'></a>102</span>&#8220;What do
+you make of it, Tad?&#8221; asked Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can make only one thing out of it. There has been an intruder in the
+camp while we slept. That intruder must have been a man. Bears do not carry away
+ropes. Bears do not untie knots and take the strings away with them,&#8221;
+replied Tad Butler in a convincing tone.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy Brown poked his head through the tent opening.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What we need in this camp is a watch dog,&#8221; he shouted.</p>
+
+<p>Ned Rector shied a tin can at him, whereat the fat boy ducked in out of
+sight.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_103'></a>103</span><a id='link_9'></a>CHAPTER IX<br /><span class='h2fs'>A MYSTERY UNSOLVED</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;But surely whoever was here must have left some trace,&#8221;
+protested Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps you may be able to find it. I can&#8217;t,&#8221; answered
+Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll all look,&#8221; cried Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Tad nodded, and while they were scanning the ground he walked about the
+outskirts of the camp with his glances on the ground. There was not a footprint,
+not a thing to indicate that any person outside of themselves had been near the
+camp. Tad was looking in particular for the strings with which the stuff had
+been tied to the rope. Not finding these he was certain that some human being
+had been in the camp.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We shall have to make the best of it and let it go at that,&#8221; he
+said, returning to his companions. &#8220;Shall we go to sleep again?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sleep!&#8221; shouted Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy popped his head out to see what the shout was about. He ducked back
+again upon encountering Rector&#8217;s angry gaze.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_104'></a>104</span>&#8220;If it
+isn&#8217;t Stacy Brown raising a row it&#8217;s Tad Butler, and if it
+isn&#8217;t Tad it&#8217;s a midnight robber.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Or else Ned Rector himself,&#8221; added the Professor. &#8220;If you
+young gentlemen will excuse me I think I shall put on some clothes. We might as
+well have our breakfast and get an early start, since we are all
+awake.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was going to suggest that,&#8221; replied Tad. &#8220;I&#8217;ll go
+rub down the ponies while the rest of you get the breakfast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Shall we dress before or after?&#8221; questioned Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Before, of course,&#8221; returned the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>Breakfast was not a very merry meal that morning. Tad was chagrined to think
+a person could get into their camp and steal a ham without his having heard the
+intruder. Either he had slept more soundly than usual, or else their late
+visitor had been unusually stealthy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you what I think,&#8221; spoke up Rector after a
+period of silence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Out with it,&#8221; answered the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll wager that some of these prospectors have ducked in here
+and taken our stuff. There must be plenty of them in the mountains
+hereabouts.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad shook his head.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_105'></a>105</span>&#8220;I
+don&#8217;t think so. I have an idea.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is your idea?&#8221; questioned Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are there Indians up here?&#8221; questioned Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Many of them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It was an Indian who did this job. No white man could get away with it
+so skilfully. If it was, as I suspect, we might as well give it up,&#8221;
+concluded Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I kissed that ham good-by a long time ago,&#8221; piped Stacy
+solemnly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t agree with any of you,&#8221; said Ned. &#8220;I think
+the ham, unable to endure Chunky&#8217;s singing, took wings and flew away.
+Either that or it was afraid he would kiss it again. He said he had kissed it
+good-by.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are wrong,&#8221; declared Walter. &#8220;If Stacy had got that
+close to the ham he would have eaten it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re right,&#8221; agreed the Professor with an emphatic
+nod.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got a bone to pick with you, too, Walt Perkins,&#8221;
+warned Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A ham-bone?&#8221; twinkled Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, a drumstick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The probability is that we shall never know any more about the affair
+than we do now,&#8221; decided the Professor. &#8220;Break camp as soon as <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_106'></a>106</span>we have finished
+breakfast and we will get under way. Have you looked to see which way the trail
+leads from this point, Tad?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir. That way,&#8221; replied Tad, pointing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Northwest?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Camp was broken in short order and within an hour they were on their way.
+Though the country was very rough and rugged and the going awful, they found the
+trail narrow and perilous only in spots. Generally they found it perfectly safe.
+That night they camped in a pass through which flowed a rushing glacial stream.
+Tall cottonwoods lined the stream and giant arborvitæ was thick and almost
+impassable a short distance back from the stream. The Professor explained that
+this arborvitæ was ordinarily found about glaciers, and in cool, dim fiords.</p>
+
+<p>Determined not to be robbed of their provisions again, Tad led a string
+through the loops made in tying the meats to the provision line. He carried one
+end of the string into his tent and when he turned in he tied the end to his
+wrist.</p>
+
+<p>Long after midnight he felt a jolt at his wrist that brought him to his feet
+in an instant. Another jolt followed.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_107'></a>107</span>The boy slipped
+the twine from his wrist and hurried out. The night was not so dark but that he
+could make out objects distinctly. There was nothing of an alarming nature in
+sight. He examined the provisions. None had been tampered with.</p>
+
+<p>Considerably mystified, Tad returned to his tent, after rearranging his
+burglar alarm, and lay down. He had just dozed off when there came another tug
+more violent than the others.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hang it! Something is at those provisions,&#8221; he muttered.</p>
+
+<p>Tad once more slipped out. This time he remained out for a long time. He sat
+down behind the tent where he waited and watched. Nothing of a disturbing nature
+occurred. He could not understand it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There must be ghosts around here,&#8221; he muttered. &#8220;If there
+are, I reckon I&#8217;ll catch them before the night is over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He grew weary of waiting for the &#8220;ghosts,&#8221; after a time, and
+returning to the tent went to bed. Three times after that was the boy dragged
+out by a violent tug at the rope, and three times did he return without having
+discovered the cause.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I begin to smell a mouse,&#8221; thought Tad Butler.</p>
+
+<p>He lay down. Again came the tugs at the <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_108'></a>108</span>string. But Tad apparently gave no heed to them.
+After a time he began snoring, but stopped suddenly, pinching himself to keep
+awake. A few moments later he got up quietly and went out. This time he ran the
+fingers of one hand along the provision line. The fingers stopped suddenly as
+they came in contact with a second string the size of the one he had used for a
+burglar alarm and evidently from the same ball of twine.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought so,&#8221; chuckled the boy. &#8220;More of Chunky
+Brown&#8217;s tricks. I reckon I&#8217;ll teach him a lesson and give him a
+surprise at the same time. Let&#8217;s see. Yes, I have it now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad found a quarter inch rope. He made a slip noose at one end, working the
+honda or knot back and forth until it slipped easily. In reality it was a lasso.
+He tucked the loop under the rear of the tent, then crawled cautiously in after
+it. Great caution was necessary in order not to disturb the other occupants of
+the tent, though the boys were sleeping soundly, Stacy snoring thunderously. The
+fat boy&#8217;s feet protruded from under his blanket. Tad found them after a
+little careful groping. He wished to make certain that he had the right feet.
+Satisfying himself on this point he slipped the noose over the feet and wriggled
+out.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_109'></a>109</span>Tad then drew
+the rope carefully about a slender tree, taking care that there might be no
+strain on the other end about the fat boy&#8217;s feet. Using the tree as a
+leverage Butler gave the rope a quick jerk. A slight commotion in the tent
+followed.</p>
+
+<p>He now gave the rope a mighty tug. A wild yell from the interior of the tent
+told that his effort had been successful. The freckle-faced boy now began
+pulling with all his might, hand over hand. Stacy Brown&#8217;s yells were loud
+and frightful. To his howls were added those of another voice. Stacy was sliding
+out from under the rear of the tent feet first, being dragged along on his back
+as Butler hauled in on the rope.</p>
+
+<p>But Stacy was not alone. Instead of one boy there were two. One of
+Chunky&#8217;s feet and one of Ned Rector&#8217;s was fast in the loop. Tad had
+made a mistake and selected a foot from each of the two boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Something&#8217;s got me!&#8221; bellowed Chunky. &#8220;Help,
+help!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s got me, too,&#8221; yelled Rector. &#8220;It&#8217;s got me
+by the foot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, wow, wow! Help, help!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The two boys were fighting and clawing each other in their excitement. Chunky
+fastened a hand in the hair of his companion fetching <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_110'></a>110</span>away a handful. Ned retaliated by
+smiting Chunky on the nose. Then both grabbed hold of the tent wall as they
+slipped out from under it feet first. The tent swayed and threatened to
+collapse.</p>
+
+<p>Walter Perkins was struggling about in the dark, shouting to know what had
+happened. Professor Zepplin roared out a similar inquiry and sprang from his bed
+of boughs. He fell out into the open in his haste, but the night was so dark
+that he was unable to make out a single object. He could hear the two boys
+yelling at the rear of their tent, struggling and fighting to free themselves
+from the grip on their ankles.</p>
+
+<p>The hauling ceased suddenly. Ned reached down and freed his foot, the same
+movement freeing that of the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>At this juncture Tad Butler dashed out from the tent, to which he had run
+after having thrown the freed rope away.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here, here, what&#8217;s going on here?&#8221; he shouted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Something got us. It was a snake,&#8221; howled Chunky. &#8220;Oh,
+wow; oh, wow!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A snake? Nonsense!&#8221; exploded the Professor. &#8220;There are no
+snakes in Alaska.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s one here and he&#8217;s the biggest one you ever saw.
+Why, he twisted right around <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_111'></a>111</span>my leg and dragged me out. I think he bit me,
+too,&#8221; wailed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Somebody make a light here,&#8221; commanded the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what I say,&#8221; shouted Ned. &#8220;You pulled half
+the hair out of my head, Chunky. I&#8217;ll be even with you for
+that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did the Thing get you, too?&#8221; questioned Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get me? I should say it did. I never had anything grip me like
+that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad was busy starting the fire. The Professor, by this time, realized that
+the boys were in earnest; that something really had happened to disturb them,
+though he had not the least idea that it had been as bad as they said.</p>
+
+<p>The fire began snapping briskly. Tad was bending over it in his pajamas,
+standing as far back as possible to avoid the sparks. Glancing at the others out
+of the corners of his eyes, he observed that Stacy&#8217;s face was pale; Ned
+Rector&#8217;s was flushed and angry, and Ned kept passing a hand over his head
+where the hair had come out. Tad could barely keep back the laughter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, show me!&#8221; demanded the Professor after the camp had been
+lighted up.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy went into an elaborate explanation of what had occurred so far as he
+knew. He said <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_112'></a>112</span>something had grabbed them by the ankles and dragged
+them out under the tent. He showed where they had been dragged. The backs of
+their pajamas were evidence enough of this fact, the dirt being fairly ground
+into the cloth.</p>
+
+<p>The Professor fixed his keen eyes on the freckled face of Tad Butler. The
+Professor was plainly suspicious, but he did not voice his suspicion. Instead,
+he smiled to himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am going back to bed, young gentlemen, and I trust there will be no
+further disturbance in this camp to-night. If there is I shall be under the
+necessity of taking a hand in it myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If Ned and Chunky will behave themselves, I don&#8217;t believe there
+will be any further trouble, sir,&#8221; said Tad.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy fixed a glance of quick comprehension on Butler, and Tad saw in that
+one glance that the fat boy&#8217;s suspicions were aroused, too. Stacy was
+sharper than Tad had given him credit for being.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_113'></a>113</span><a id='link_10'></a>CHAPTER X<br /><span class='h2fs'>IN THE HOME OF THE THLINKITS</span></h2>
+
+<p>Stacy did not speak of his suspicions that night, but on the following
+morning he was up earlier than the others, looking here and there about the
+camp. He was unusually silent at breakfast time, but Ned Rector on the contrary
+had a great deal to say.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Somebody was in this camp again last night. I don&#8217;t know what he
+was trying to do, but whatever it was, he made a good start,&#8221; said
+Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps it was the work of Indians,&#8221; suggested Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I shouldn&#8217;t be surprised,&#8221; replied the Professor
+dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps,&#8221; agreed Tad, &#8220;the Indian was after another ham
+and thought he had hold of one when he got Chunky.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You keep on and I&#8217;ll say something!&#8221; snorted the fat
+boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have been looking at that red mark on my ankle,&#8221; continued
+Ned. &#8220;It was a rope that did the business. How do you suppose they <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_114'></a>114</span>ever managed to tie it to
+our ankles without waking us up?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought you did wake up,&#8221; answered Tad with twinkling
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We did afterwards, but I don&#8217;t understand it at all.
+Didn&#8217;t you hear anything, Tad?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If I remember rightly I heard two boys yelling like frightened
+babies.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Once again Chunky snorted, but held his peace. Matters were rapidly nearing a
+crisis. Chunky knew that he had played a mean trick on Tad by tying a string to
+the provision line and giving it a jerk to wake his companion up, thus making
+him believe someone was at the provisions. He suspected that the trick had been
+turned on him, but he wasn&#8217;t quite sure. Stacy was covertly watching every
+expression on the face of Tad Butler, every word that was uttered, Tad in the
+meantime continuing to worry his fat companion. The latter stood it as long as
+possible. Then he arose rather hastily and strode around to the rear of the
+tent, returning a moment later with a rope in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>Tad recognized it instantly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here, if you want to know what got hold of us last night. Look at
+this!&#8221; exclaimed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; questioned Rector.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_115'></a>115</span>&#8220;It&#8217;s a rope. Don&#8217;t you know a
+rope when you see one? It is the same rope that dragged us from the tent by our
+ankles last night. Oh, this is a fine outfit!&#8221; jeered Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>No one spoke for a few seconds.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah!&#8221; breathed the Professor. &#8220;I begin to see a
+light.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So did we,&#8221; returned Stacy. &#8220;But it wasn&#8217;t so very
+light that you could notice it particularly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned started up, his face flushing violently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you mean to tell me that one of our outfit dragged you and me out
+by the heels last night?&#8221; he demanded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who did it?&#8221; cried Rector angrily. &#8220;I can thrash the
+fellow who did that. Who is he, I say?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I may be wrong, but from the look of his face, I should say that
+Tad Butler knows something about the affair. Mind you, I&#8217;m not saying he
+did it, but I reckon he knows the man who did,&#8221; observed Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tad Butler, did you do that?&#8221; demanded Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy seems to think I did.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then I&#8217;ve nothing more to say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I thought you were going to whale the fellow who did
+it,&#8221; reminded Stacy.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_116'></a>116</span>&#8220;I reckon
+I&#8217;ve changed my mind,&#8221; muttered Ned. &#8220;I&#8217;ll have a talk
+with Tad later, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No time like the present,&#8221; laughed Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Young gentlemen, enough of this. I am amazed at you, Tad,&#8221;
+rebuked Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell them the rest, Stacy,&#8221; nodded Tad.</p>
+
+<p>The fat boy hung his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe I was to blame, after all. I reckon Tad was after me, not
+Ned,&#8221; admitted Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What had you done?&#8221; questioned the Professor with a poor attempt
+at sternness.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I tied a string to the provision line. You know Tad had a line
+tied to it with one end around his wrist so that he would know if an intruder
+began to interfere with the provisions?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. Go on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, as I told you, I tied another string to the rope. After Tad got
+to sleep I pulled the rope. He went out to see what had done it. I guess he
+didn&#8217;t find it, for he went out several times after that. Oh, I made him
+dance a merry dance,&#8221; chuckled Stacy. &#8220;By and by I went to sleep.
+That was the last I knew until I found myself sliding out of the tent on my
+back.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Everyone shouted. Stacy&#8217;s droll way of telling the story was too much
+for them.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_117'></a>117</span>&#8220;So that
+was the way of it, eh?&#8221; questioned Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So Stacy says,&#8221; nodded Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And you didn&#8217;t mean to drag me out?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No; the fellow who did the dragging must have gotten hold of the wrong
+foot,&#8221; replied Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then I forgive you. I would endure almost anything for the sake of
+seeing Chunky get the worst of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I like that!&#8221; shouted the fat boy. &#8220;I&#8217;m glad
+that you, too, got some of the worst of it. Why didn&#8217;t you tie the rope
+around his neck while you were about it, Tad, and make a thorough job of
+it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Nevertheless, Stacy was set upon having his revenge on Tad, even though he
+was himself to blame for the trick that had been played on him. The sun shone
+over the camp of the Pony Rider Boys a few hours later, and the rough hike was
+again taken up. It was the middle of the fifth day after the roping experience
+when the boys first caught sight of Yakutat Bay. Huge cakes of floating ice were
+being thrown up into the air by the strong gale that swept in from the Pacific,
+the whitened ice in strong contrast with the black sands of the beach.</p>
+
+<p>Towering above it all, nearly five miles in the air, stood Mt. St. Elias
+glistening in the mid-day <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_118'></a>118</span>sun. Rushing streams roared down the sides of the
+mountain, thundering through deep gorges cut into the rocks through perhaps
+thousands of years of wear. It was a tremendous spectacle, exceeding in
+impressiveness anything the boys had ever looked upon.</p>
+
+<p>At their feet lay the wreck of the rude cabins of the early Thlinkit Indians.
+There was no sign of any other village. The masts of a few small schooners were
+visible on the southern side of the bay. It was in this part of the waters that
+ships came to anchor. Here they were not exposed to the heavy swell from the
+Pacific, being sheltered by islands on the southern side.</p>
+
+<p>An Indian wrapped in a gaudy blanket went striding stolidly past the Pony
+Rider party.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Will you tell us where the town is?&#8221; called Tad.</p>
+
+<p>Without looking at the questioner, the Indian pointed up the hill to the
+right.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He means on top of the mountain,&#8221; interpreted Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No. There is a trail leading up through the trees,&#8221; answered
+Tad. &#8220;But it can&#8217;t be much of a settlement.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There must be quite a town here,&#8221; said the Professor. &#8220;I
+have read that in the year 1796 the Russians established a penal colony <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_119'></a>119</span>here, having erected
+quite a plant. A city was laid out at the time, though I think I have heard that
+the penal buildings were burned down. But we shall find out more when we get to
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The climb was a stiff one&#8211;almost straight up, it seemed to the boys.
+Three miles of this through a forest-bordered trail brought them to the
+village.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This certainly is some town,&#8221; laughed Tad.</p>
+
+<p>They saw before them a general store, two or three shops that looked as if
+they were for the purpose of supplying miners&#8217; outfits, with a few
+scattering cottages here and there. To the left they could make out the smoke
+from the new Thlinkit village. Squaws from the latter were sitting about the
+village street weaving baskets. Such beautiful baskets none of that party ever
+had seen before. The boys could hardly resist the temptation to buy, but knowing
+that every pound and every inch of bulk in their packs counted, they contented
+themselves with admiring the handicraft of the squaws.</p>
+
+<p>Ponies or horses were seldom seen in the Yakutat street, so those of the Pony
+Rider outfit attracted no little attention. A swarm of Indian children gathered
+about them, chattering half in English and half in their native language.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_120'></a>120</span>The keeper of
+the general store came out to greet the outfit, scenting some trade, and shook
+hands with the Professor warmly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Anybody&#8217;d think the Professor was his long-lost brother,&#8221;
+chuckled Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>A bevy of dark-eyed squaws surrounded the Professor. In several instances
+papooses were strapped to their backs, the youngsters looking as if they did not
+enjoy it any too well.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why do they tie them up in splints?&#8221; asked Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To keep them from getting broken,&#8221; answered Rector.</p>
+
+<p>A squaw offered Stacy a pair of beaded moccasins that were gorgeous to his
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How much?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fife dolee.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Eh? I don&#8217;t hear very well?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Four dolee.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll give you a dollar and fifty cents.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Two dolee. You take um?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You bet I&#8217;ll take um. It&#8217;s like finding moccasins to get
+them for that price.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will have to carry them yourself, you know,&#8221; warned Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think I&#8217;m going to do with those joy shoes?&#8221;
+demanded the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I supposed you intended to wear them when sitting by the
+fireside.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_121'></a>121</span>&#8220;Like the
+squaw, you&#8217;ve got another guess coming. I&#8217;m going to send those
+moccasins to my aunt in Chillicothe.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This was an unusual thing to do. Stacy usually thought of himself, but seldom
+of others. Tad called to the other boys to tell them the news. They examined the
+moccasins gravely.</p>
+
+<p>At this juncture the Professor beckoned to the boys to come into the store,
+which they did after hastily staking down their stock.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This gentleman says he thinks he can get us a guide,&#8221; announced
+the Professor. &#8220;I tell him we must have a reliable one, for we know
+absolutely nothing about the country from here on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Black or white?&#8221; questioned Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, black, of course. There are no white guides up here. I think this
+one was out with a government surveying party once,&#8221; said the
+store-keeper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He should do very well, then,&#8221; nodded the Professor, well
+pleased.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s good enough for our Uncle Sam surely should be good
+enough for us,&#8221; agreed Ned Rector. &#8220;What do you say,
+Chunky?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I decline to commit myself. I&#8217;ve been taken in on guides before
+this. Trot out your guide and, after I&#8217;ve tried him out, I&#8217;ll tell
+you what I think of him. In buying guides I follow the <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_122'></a>122</span>same tactics that Tad Butler does in
+purchasing horses.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, you do, eh?&#8221; jeered Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Always.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then be sure you examine this fellow&#8217;s legs to make certain that
+they are sound. Feel his ankles that there is neither spavin nor ringbone, then
+open his mouth and look at his teeth to be sure that he isn&#8217;t lying to
+you,&#8221; advised Tad dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;After which, one Stacy Brown will be reduced to the condition that he
+deserves,&#8221; laughed Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What condition?&#8221; demanded the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Use your imagination.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It isn&#8217;t working to-day. I&#8217;m too hungry.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Plenty of crackers and cheese and other things here,&#8221; said Tad.
+&#8220;I am going to have some. Isn&#8217;t that &#8216;pop&#8217; up there,
+sir?&#8221; he asked the proprietor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes; have some?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What flavors have you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sarsaparilla and ginger ale.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give me both,&#8221; interjected Stacy. &#8220;I&#8217;ll have a pound
+of that cheese and about a peck of crackers. Got anything else?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ginger snaps?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hooray! Just like being in Chillicothe, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; Stacy
+filched a hard cracker and <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_123'></a>123</span>slipped it into the mouth of a papoose on its
+mother&#8217;s back.</p>
+
+<p>The squaw did not observe the action, but one of her sister squaws muttered
+something, whereat the mother snatched the cracker from the mouth of her young
+hopeful, cast the cracker on the floor and put her moccasined foot on it. She
+launched into a volley in her own language, directed at Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all right, madam. Roast me all you wish. I don&#8217;t
+care how much you insult me so long as I don&#8217;t understand a word you are
+saying.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you wish the cheese done up?&#8221; asked the proprietor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Done up? Certainly not. I&#8217;ll attend to the doing up
+myself.&#8221; Chunky took a large bite, then banged the end of the pop bottle
+against the counter to open the bottle. The stuff was highly charged, and a good
+quantity of it struck Ned Rector in the eye. Stacy waved the bottle at
+arm&#8217;s length before placing it to his mouth. The charge went over his
+shoulder and soaked the Professor&#8217;s whiskers before the fat boy succeeded
+in steering the mouth of the bottle safely to his lips.</p>
+
+<p>Professor Zepplin sputtered, Ned Rector threatened, but the fat boy ate and
+drank, regardless of the disturbance he had caused.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_124'></a>124</span>&#8220;If you
+open any more of that stuff be good enough to go outdoors to do so,&#8221;
+advised the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wuz thinking ob doig it in here and shooting a papoose with some
+ginger ale,&#8221; answered Stacy thickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will keep on till you have those squaws pulling your hair,
+Chunky,&#8221; warned Butler.</p>
+
+<p>The other boys were by this time eating cheese, crackers and ginger snaps.
+The proprietor had sent one of the Indian children to fetch the man he had
+recommended as a guide, and by the time the Pony Rider Boys had satisfied their
+appetites, the guide entered the store and stood waiting to be recognized.</p>
+
+<p>The boys laughed when they saw him.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_125'></a>125</span><a id='link_11'></a>CHAPTER XI<br /><span class='h2fs'>THE GUIDE WHO MADE A HIT</span></h2>
+
+<p>The guide might have been anywhere from twenty to forty years of age. The
+boys were unable to say, though they decided that he was quite young. He was
+considerably shorter in stature than the Indians they had seen, and Tad wondered
+if he were not an Eskimo. The guide&#8217;s head was shaven except for a tuft of
+black coarse hair on the top, standing straight up, while a yellow bar of paint
+had been drawn perpendicularly on each cheek. He wore a shirt that had once been
+white, a pair of trousers, one leg of which extended some six inches below the
+knee, the other as far above the knee of the other leg. Over his shoulders
+drooped a blanket of gaudy color. The guide&#8217;s feet were clad in the
+mucklucks worn both in summer and winter. Taking him all in all, the man was a
+smile-producing combination.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you a guide?&#8221; asked the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me guide.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How old are you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_126'></a>126</span>&#8220;Twenty
+year.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think that is about it,&#8221; said the store-keeper. &#8220;These
+natives never know their age exactly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You look to me more like an Eskimo than an Indian,&#8221; observed
+Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me Innuit&#8211;Siwash. You savvy me?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Stacy scratched his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell him to talk United States,&#8221; suggested the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is your name?&#8221; asked Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Anvik. Me smart man, savvy? Me educate Jesuit Mission. Me pilot
+Chilkoot, White Horse, Caribou; me savvy all over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you know how to cook?&#8221; questioned the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Heap cook all time. Me savvy cook.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t savvy any cooking for me,&#8221; declared Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will think differently about it when you are hungry. Remember, you
+are full of cheese and crackers now,&#8221; answered Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You have been out with the white men surveying, I am told,&#8221;
+resumed the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik nodded solemnly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Big snow&#8211;no trail&#8211;big mountains. White men get lost. Anvik
+find, Anvik know trail. Anvik big pilot. Me take um to Ikogimeut when Yukon ice
+get hard so man can go safe with <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_127'></a>127</span>dog team. Big feast, big feed, tell heap big
+stories, big dance. Oh, heap big time. Innuit go, plenty Ingalik go. Me got
+pony, too. Buy um from Ingalik man.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;According to his story he seems to be the big noise up here,&#8221;
+muttered Ned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He has a pony. That is one point in his favor,&#8221; said Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait till you see it before you call it a pony,&#8221; advised
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me got gun, too. Me shoot. Bang!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Stacy staggered back, clapping a hand to his forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m shot!&#8221; he cried dramatically.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy, do restrain yourself until we get out on the trail
+again,&#8221; begged the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me make snare. Me catch big game in snare. Me heap big pilot. Me
+Ingalik.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have some cheese,&#8221; urged Chunky, passing a chunk to the now
+squatting Indian.</p>
+
+<p>Without the least change of expression the Indian thrust the chunk into his
+mouth and permitted it to lie there, bulging out the right cheek.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you think this man will do, sir?&#8221; asked Professor Zepplin,
+turning to the store-keeper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He will have to if you want a guide. He is the only fellow here who
+has ever acted in that capacity, so far as I know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_128'></a>128</span>&#8220;We would
+prefer to have a white man.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The proprietor shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;White men mostly are up in the gold country, Dawson, Nome, all
+over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t there gold in this part, too?&#8221; questioned Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, there&#8217;s gold everywhere. You can go down and pan out gold
+in the black sands on the beach here. But what&#8217;s the use? There is more
+money to be made in other ways in this country, unless you are lucky enough to
+strike it rich before you have spent a fortune locating the claim.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where you go?&#8221; demanded Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;North. Northwest from here. We want to get into the wildest of the
+country and we don&#8217;t want to get lost.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me no lose. Mebby me find gold, uh!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We are not looking for gold,&#8221; replied the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We are always looking for gold,&#8221; corrected Stacy. &#8220;If you
+know where there is gold you just lead me to it and I&#8217;ll be your brother
+for life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Me show.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I take back all I said about this gentleman,&#8221; announced Chunky.
+&#8220;If the half that he says is true, he is worth several times the price he
+asks.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_129'></a>129</span>&#8220;How much
+does he ask?&#8221; inquired Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; replied the fat boy. &#8220;He&#8217;s
+cheap at the price, anyway.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When you mush?&#8221; demanded Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We don&#8217;t have mush. We have bacon and beans, and tin biscuit and
+coffee, and plenty of other things, but no mush,&#8221; answered the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>The store-keeper laughed heartily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He doesn&#8217;t mean something to eat. Mush means march or move, a
+corruption of the French-Canadian &#8216;marché.&#8217; He means when are you going to
+set out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh!&#8221; exclaimed the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought you were an Indian, Professor?&#8221; said Tad laughingly.
+&#8220;I guess if we depend upon you for interpreter we shall get
+left.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course I don&#8217;t understand this jargon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course you don&#8217;t,&#8221; agreed Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I doubt if any other persons do outside of the locality itself. You
+see this jargon is purely local and&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what the doctor said about a pain I had once,&#8221;
+interjected Stacy. &#8220;But it hurt just the same.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Anvik, we would like to start this afternoon, if you are ready,&#8221;
+announced the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>The Indian shook his head.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_130'></a>130</span>&#8220;No mush
+to-day. Mush to-mollel.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not to-day?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Innua him angry to-day.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who is Innua?&#8221; demanded the Professor, bristling. &#8220;We do
+not care who is angry. That has nothing to do with us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He means the mountain spirits,&#8221; explained the store-keeper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Eh?&#8221; questioned Chunky. &#8220;Mountain spirits?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He means spirits in the air,&#8221; explained Butler. &#8220;We are
+not afraid of spirits, Anvik.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Anvik no like.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you know Innua is abroad?&#8221; asked the Professor, now
+curious to know more of the native superstitions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;See um.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On big mountain,&#8221; indicating Mt. St. Elias with a sweeping
+gesture.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He won&#8217;t go until to-morrow. If you want him you will have to
+wait,&#8221; the store-keeper informed them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then I suppose we shall have to wait,&#8221; reflected Professor
+Zepplin. &#8220;It may be an excellent idea after all. We can pitch camp in the
+village and acquaint our guide with our methods of doing things, Anvik, do you
+know how to put up tents and make camp?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_131'></a>131</span>&#8220;Me make
+Ighloo, fine Ighloo. Snow no get in, cold no get in, Innua no get in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about rain?&#8221; put in Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Rain no get in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all right, then. We don&#8217;t care whether the snow
+gets in or not, but we don&#8217;t want to have to swim out of our Ighloos in
+the middle of the night. One is liable to get wet, you know,&#8221; reminded
+Brown.</p>
+
+<p>The Professor arranged the wages with Anvik, calling upon the store-keeper to
+witness the bargain and put it in writing. The Professor then directed the boys
+to take the new guide out and begin his instruction in the ways of the Pony
+Rider Boys. The Professor remained to purchase necessary stores and supplies,
+consulting the proprietor as to what would be needed on the journey. The advice
+of the store-keeper was helpful in aiding the Professor to take only such
+equipment and supplies as would be absolutely necessary.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik went to the Indian village to bring his pony, the boys in the meantime
+starting off to pick a camp site.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One thing, boys, we mustn&#8217;t play tricks on Anvik,&#8221;
+reminded Tad. &#8220;I have an idea that he hasn&#8217;t much of a sense of
+humor. He might lose his temper and run away and leave us after we were deep in
+the interior of the country.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_132'></a>132</span>&#8220;Do you
+know, I don&#8217;t believe he is an Indian at all,&#8221; asserted Ned
+Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Neither an Indian nor a white man,&#8221; suggested Stacy wisely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think he is an Esquimo,&#8221; spoke up Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the odds? We don&#8217;t care what his race is so long as
+he answers our purpose,&#8221; declared Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He says he is an I-Knew-It, and I believe him,&#8221; said Stacy Brown
+with emphasis.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An Innuit, you mean,&#8221; corrected Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s it, an I-Knew-It, and that&#8217;s what I
+did&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he comes,&#8221; cried Walter.</p>
+
+<p>The Indian was leading a pony that looked as if it had not felt a brush or
+comb since its birth, but Tad&#8217;s discerning eye noted that the little
+animal was hardy and well-conditioned, though of evident temper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Does he kick?&#8221; asked the boy, as Anvik tied his mount to a
+tree.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him kick like buck caribou. Him kick all time, both ways.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll hopple him if he does,&#8221; said Tad. &#8220;Be sure
+that you tie him so he doesn&#8217;t kick our ponies, Anvik. We can&#8217;t have
+anything of that sort. If he persists in kicking I&#8217;ll see if I can&#8217;t
+break him of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_133'></a>133</span>&#8220;You horse
+shaman?&#8221; asked Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, he&#8217;s ashamed of his horse, that&#8217;s it,&#8221; chuckled
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>Tad&#8217;s face wore a puzzled look, which a few seconds later gave place to
+a smile of understanding.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh! you mean, am I a horse doctor? Is that it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Uh.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what he is. Anvik has got you properly located this time.
+Ha, ha!&#8221; laughed Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come, boys, unpack. We must give our guide his first lesson. You sit
+down and watch us, Anvik, while we make camp.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The guide did so, grunting with approval or disapproval from time to time as
+the work pleased or displeased him. Under the now skillful hands of the Pony
+Rider Boys the camp rapidly assumed shape and form. All the tents were erected
+on this occasion in order that the guide might observe the whole process. The
+tents up, the boys settled them. There were plenty of trees about from which to
+get boughs for their beds, and wood was brought and a campfire built up. This
+especially interested the guide. He uttered grunts and nods of approval as he
+watched Tad build the fire in true woodsman-like manner.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_134'></a>134</span>&#8220;White man
+no make fire like Indian. You make fire like Indian.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank you,&#8221; smiled Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You make cook fire. How you make sleep fire?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A little fire close up to the tent,&#8221; answered Butler. &#8220;I
+make it so as to get all the heat into the tent instead of sending the heat up
+into the air where it will do no good.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Heap good. You good Indian.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what he is, Anvil, he&#8217;s an Indian,&#8221; cried
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I seem to be a good many things in this camp,&#8221; laughed Tad.
+&#8220;Any further compliments you can pay me, Stacy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, but if you don&#8217;t chase that buck over yonder behind the
+Professor&#8217;s tent, I reckon you&#8217;ll lose your rope,&#8221; reminded
+the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>Tad sprang to his feet, leaping over the tent ropes to the rear. A native had
+reached under and was hauling out Butler&#8217;s lasso. Tad grabbed the fellow
+by an arm and sent him spinning.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You get out of here or I&#8217;ll wallop you!&#8221; threatened the
+freckle-faced boy. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you try that! It doesn&#8217;t go in this
+outfit. Anvik, tell your friend that someone will get knocked in the head if he
+steals anything in this camp.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The guide uttered a volley of protest in <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_135'></a>135</span>Innuit, which the assembled squaws, papooses and
+bucks received in stoical silence, and with impassive faces.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They don&#8217;t seem to be particularly impressed by your
+lecture,&#8221; said Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him no take. Anvik tell um stick um with knife if take.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will do nothing of the sort. We will do all the punishing.
+Don&#8217;t let me see you using your knife to stick anyone. Now, I guess you
+had better show us around. Take your pony and come along,&#8221; rebuked
+Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where you want go?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, anywhere. You lead the way. Will anything here be taken while we
+are away?&#8221; questioned Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No take. Anvik stick um if take.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re a savage, that&#8217;s what you are,&#8221; declared
+Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>The boys got on their ponies, while Anvik, after letting his blanket slip to
+his waist, started away at a stride that the ponies had to trot to keep up
+with.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_136'></a>136</span><a id='link_12'></a>CHAPTER XII<br /><span class='h2fs'>IN THE HEART OF NATURE</span></h2>
+
+<p>That night the Indian slept rolled in his blanket with feet close to the
+campfire in true Indian style. He neither moved nor made a sound all night long
+so far as the boys knew, but just as the dawn, was graying the skies between the
+great white glaciers, he was up and striding, away on some pilgrimage of his
+own. He did not return until two hours later. When the boys awoke Anvik was
+sitting before the fire with both hands clasped about his bunched knees.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good morning,&#8221; greeted Tad, who was the first to emerge from the
+tents.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh!&#8221; answered the guide.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is the mountain spirit willing that we should make a start this
+morning?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him gone,&#8221; answered the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not know. Mebby Yukon, mebby Caribou,&#8221; with a wave of his hand
+that encompassed all the territory to the north of them. &#8220;You mush
+bymeby?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_137'></a>137</span>&#8220;Very
+soon. We will have breakfast now, then we will get under way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Anvik nodded and grunted, then, straightening up, let fall his blanket and
+began preparing the things for breakfast. One by one the Pony Rider Boys
+appeared, stretching themselves and yawning. A wash in an icy spring close at
+hand awakened them instantly. Stacy was the last to emerge from his tent. He
+sniffed the air, then turned up his nose.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Bacon!&#8221; he grumbled disgustedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you like it?&#8221; asked Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was thinking last night that if I keep on eating bacon for many
+months more I&#8217;ll be growing a pork rind in my stomach.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t have to eat the bacon unless you want to,
+Chunky.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I do. It&#8217;s either that or starve, and Stacy Brown never
+will starve so long as there is anything to eat in the shop. Where&#8217;s the
+bath room? I want to wash.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Over yonder, and don&#8217;t you wash where we get our breakfast water
+if you know what&#8217;s good for you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All water looks alike to me,&#8221; answered the fat boy, walking
+rather unsteadily toward the spring, rubbing his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Breakfast that morning was rather a hurried affair, for there was much to be
+done. The <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_138'></a>138</span>supplies
+had been brought up from the store the night before so there was no need to wait
+for the place to open, and Anvik proved to be quite handy in striking camp,
+needing few instructions. He remembered well all that had been told him the
+previous day.</p>
+
+<p>They got away early. As before, the guide disdained to ride his pony. He
+trotted along ahead, leading the little animal until some five miles beyond the
+village when he leaped to the pony&#8217;s back, and with a shrill &#8220;Yip,
+yip!&#8221; sent it galloping ahead. This made the boys laugh. They did not
+laugh for long, however. A mile beyond this they swerved from the trail that led
+up parallel with the border between the United States and the Canadian
+possessions and struck straight into the wilds.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say, where&#8217;s the trail?&#8221; demanded the perspiring Stacy
+when the going became so rough that the greater part of the time they were
+obliged to walk, leaving their ponies to get along as best they might.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is no trail. This is the trackless wilderness,&#8221; replied
+Butler. &#8220;There is time to go back if you wish to.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I don&#8217;t want to go back.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ere that day was ended Chunky almost wished he <i>had</i> gone back while he
+had the opportunity. Time and time again they were <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_139'></a>139</span> obliged to haul their ponies up the
+steep sides of rocks by main force. Fortunately, the little animals, used to
+mountain climbing, were unaffected by dizzy heights or dangerous crossings, and
+picked their way almost daintily. The boys were perspiring and red of face, but
+happy. They thoroughly enjoyed this wild traveling. It went beyond anything they
+had ever experienced.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope you are satisfied,&#8221; panted the Professor when at noon
+they stopped on a little plateau from which gulches fell away on all sides,
+leaving them, as it were, on a magic island high in the air. &#8220;I sincerely
+hope it is wild enough for you young gentlemen.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not any too much so, Professor,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;I could
+stand it a lot wilder.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;At the present rate you will have it that way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They built a fire and cooked a light meal, after which all hands lay down for
+an hour, with the exception of Anvik, who sat bunched in his now familiar
+brooding position, gazing off into space. As he sat thus, his far-seeing eyes
+discovered something, but he did not change countenance. He simply sat in
+dreamy-eyed silence. Perhaps what he saw did not interest him. A column of white
+smoke had attracted his attention. Promptly on the expiration <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_140'></a>140</span>of the hour that the boys
+had given themselves to sleep, Anvik stepped briskly to them, shaking each one
+by the shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mush!&#8221; he grunted with each shake.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish you wouldn&#8217;t say that,&#8221; grumbled Stacy. &#8220;It
+makes me think I&#8217;m going to have breakfast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Heap big mush. Big snow, big mountain,&#8221; grunted the Innuit, with
+a sweeping gesture towards the towering peaks of the St. Elias range which they
+were now entering.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have we got to go through that?&#8221; begged Walter anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Um,&#8221; replied the guide.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But how shall we ever make it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mush.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, mush,&#8221; jeered Chunky. &#8220;You just spread the mush over
+the mountain side and slide. Don&#8217;t you understand, Walt? My, but you are
+thick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>All that afternoon they fought their way through the rugged mountains, making
+camp that night in a gloomy pass at the foot of Vancouver Mountain, a vast pile
+that towered nearly fourteen thousand feet high. It seemed to the Pony Rider
+Boys that they were a long way from civilization, and Tad admitted that he would
+soon be lost were he obliged to follow a trail up there.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_141'></a>141</span>The camp was
+made about six o&#8217;clock, still with broad daylight, but the boys considered
+that they had done enough for one day. The ponies were weary and Tad knew better
+than to press them too hard. After supper the freckle-faced boy shouldered his
+rifle.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik gave him a glance of inquiry.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where are you going?&#8221; demanded the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going to &#8216;mush&#8217; a little way up the pass to see if I
+can&#8217;t get something worth while for our breakfast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will get lost.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, that will not be possible. So long as I keep in the pass I shall
+be all right. Don&#8217;t worry; I&#8217;ll keep in the pass all
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boy plunged into the thick undergrowth, and no sooner had he done so than
+the giant mosquitoes and black gnats attacked him in force. Tad fought them
+until he grew tired of it, then he trudged on grimly, permitting them to do
+their worst. After a time he decided that he would get no game if he remained
+down in the pass, so, after carefully taking his bearings, Tad climbed the
+mountain until he was able to look over the tops of the trees. It was like a
+level green sea. He sat down in the sunlight, gazing out over the wonderful
+landscape.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_142'></a>142</span>&#8220;A world
+of silence,&#8221; he murmured. &#8220;If Chunky were here he would say I was
+getting softening of the brain. Hello!&#8221; Tad froze himself. There was
+scarcely a perceptible flicker of the eyelids as his gaze became fixed on a
+point of rock just across the pass. There, poised with one foot in the air,
+stood an antelope. It was a young doe, as Tad surmised it to be. His position
+was not a favorable one for shooting because he was in plain sight, and the
+least move on his part no doubt would be discovered by the antelope.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She must have scented me or else she has got a whiff from the camp. If
+I don&#8217;t make any false moves she will be over in that camp within the next
+hour.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad raised his rifle slowly. Yet slow and cautious as he was, the
+antelope&#8217;s head went up sharply. So did Butler&#8217;s rifle. He took
+quick aim and pulled the trigger. The report of his shot went crashing from wall
+to wall, like a series of heavy shots.</p>
+
+<p>The freckle-faced boy leaped to his feet, and to one side, with rifle ready
+for another shot in case he had missed. But he had not. The antelope had leaped
+into the air, turned a complete somersault, and went crashing down into the
+gulch out of sight.</p>
+
+<div class='figcenter'>
+<img src='images/illus-143.jpg' id="img003" alt='' />
+<p class='center caption'>
+He Raised His Rifle Slowly.
+</p></div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_144'></a>144</span>&#8220;Hooray!
+Maybe it was a chance shot, but it was a dandy just the same. Now I wonder if I
+am going to be able to find her. I think I know how.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boy took out his compass and got a bearing on the point where he had last
+seen the antelope. Noting the course he started down the mountain side, sliding
+and leaping in his haste. Crossing over the pass was more difficult, for a broad
+glacial stream was rushing through the center of it. Nothing daunted, Tad
+plunged in, but was swept off his feet almost instantly and carried several rods
+down before he was able to check himself by grabbing a rock.</p>
+
+<p>The rifle had been held out of the water most of the way, though it got a
+pretty good wetting. The water was less swift from the rock on, and Tad essayed
+another crossing. He fell only once on the way over. This time he went in all
+over, rifle and all, but he got up grinning.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It doesn&#8217;t matter much now. I can&#8217;t be any wetter, and I
+guess the gun isn&#8217;t any the worse off, though I shall have to give it a
+pretty thorough cleaning and oiling when I get back to camp.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Having been thrown considerably off his course, Butler found some difficulty
+in picking it up again, but he found it at last, then guided by the compass made
+his way straight to where <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_145'></a>145</span>the antelope lay amid a thick mass of undergrowth.
+He examined her and found that the bullet had entered just behind the left
+shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I couldn&#8217;t have done any better than that at fifty yards,&#8221;
+chuckled the boy. &#8220;The next question is, how am I going to get her to
+camp? I reckon I shall have to tote her.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_146'></a>146</span><a id='link_13'></a>CHAPTER XIII<br /><span class='h2fs'>A PONY RIDER BOY&#8217;S PLUCK</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;White boy him make shoot,&#8221; grunted Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He has shot?&#8221; questioned Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ugh.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you know?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hear um.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You must have pretty good ears. I haven&#8217;t heard anything,&#8221;
+replied the fat boy. &#8220;How do you know it wasn&#8217;t someone
+else?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Know um gun.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is queer we didn&#8217;t hear him,&#8221; said the Professor.
+&#8220;Do you think he got some game?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The guide nodded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We shall see how good a fortune-teller you are, but the joke will be
+on you if it should prove not to have been Butler at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>To this the guide made no reply. In the meantime, Tad Butler was having his
+troubles. The problem of how to get the antelope back to camp was not so easily
+solved. But Tad thought he knew a way. First he got a stick, which he sharpened
+at both ends. The stick, <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_147'></a>147</span>about six feet long, he thrust through slits he had
+made in the hocks of the animal, somewhat similar to what he would have done had
+he been going to string the carcass up.</p>
+
+<p>First strapping his rifle over his shoulder, the Pony Rider Boy raised the
+stick to his shoulders also, and, stooping, lifted the animal. It was a heavy
+burden and he staggered. The head of the antelope was dragging on the ground,
+which made Butler&#8217;s labor still more trying.</p>
+
+<p>The lad started away, keeping close to the stream in his search of a fording
+place, but he failed to find anything that looked easier than the portage he had
+used before, so he finally decided to go back to that. By the time he reached
+the former point he was obliged to drop his burden and sink down on the rocks to
+rest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew, but it&#8217;s hot. And the mosquitoes and the gnats! If it
+isn&#8217;t one pest in the wilds, it is sure to be another and a worse
+one,&#8221; he concluded somewhat illogically, measuring the width of the stream
+with his eyes. &#8220;I&#8217;ll try it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The weight of his burden was a help rather than otherwise in crossing the
+glacial stream, for the weight kept the boy on his feet, except on one occasion
+when stepping on a flat, slippery <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_148'></a>148</span>rock, they were whipped out from under him. Tad went
+in all over, with the antelope on top of him, and there he struggled and
+splashed, losing his foothold almost as fast as he gained it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I am a muffer,&#8221; gasped Tad, finally getting to his feet.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m worse than Chunky. I deserve a worse wetting, but I guess
+that&#8217;s impossible.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The journey to the other side was made without further mishap. Then began a
+hard, grilling tramp down through the pass, the ends of the pole on which the
+animal was suspended continually catching on limbs and brush, frequently
+throwing Butler down, tearing his clothes and scratching his face and neck. His
+dogged determination carried him through, however, but he was in the end
+considerably the worse for wear. The first his companions saw of him was when
+Tad fell out into the open in plain sight of the camp, flat on his face, with
+the carcass on top of him. At first glance they thought it was a live animal
+they had seen.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get a gun, quick!&#8221; bellowed Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him white boy,&#8221; answered the Indian. &#8220;Him git
+um.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What, Tad?&#8221; Ned uttered a yell and started on a trot for his
+companion who, by this time, was getting up slowly and with evident <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_149'></a>149</span>effort. Stacy and Walter
+followed. &#8220;What have you got there? We came near letting go at
+you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, yes, we thought you were a bear,&#8221; chuckled Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a deer,&#8221; cried Walter Perkins.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him antelope,&#8221; nodded the Indian wisely. &#8220;White boy heap
+much big hunter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid I am a better hunter than I am a toter. Stacy, I fell
+in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ye-e-e-ow!&#8221; yelled the fat boy joyously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here, let us take him in,&#8221; offered Ned, reaching for one end of
+the carrying stick.</p>
+
+<p>Butler shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I said I was going to get him to camp alone and I shall.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But&#8211;&#8221; protested Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, let him carry the beast if he wants to. Tad likes to work,&#8221;
+laughed the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Which is a heap sight more than may be said of some persons we know
+of,&#8221; returned Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Tad dragged the carcass into camp, casting it down a short distance from the
+tents.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him heap big little man,&#8221; reiterated the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How much does the animal weigh?&#8221; asked the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A good ton, I should say,&#8221; replied Tad, <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_150'></a>150</span>sinking down by the fire.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m all tuckered out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You had better get on some dry clothes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;These will dry in a few minutes by the fire,&#8221; was the
+philosophical reply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, that&#8217;s right,&#8221; bubbled Stacy. &#8220;When one side
+gets dry I&#8217;ll pry you over with the stick on which you brought in the
+carcass. You can&#8217;t say I don&#8217;t do my share of the work in this
+outfit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I prefer to do my own rolling. I don&#8217;t dare trust
+you,&#8221; laughed Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s it, you see. When I try to do anything you won&#8217;t
+let me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps Anvik will show you how to skin and cut up the
+antelope.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t want to know how to skin an antelope. We don&#8217;t
+have that kind at home, so what&#8217;s the use knowing about it? I know how to
+&#8216;skin the cat,&#8217; and that&#8217;s enough,&#8221; Chunky declared.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik deftly strung up the carcass and in half an hour had it neatly dressed,
+the boys watching the operation with interest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Heap much good meat,&#8221; he nodded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, heap,&#8221; admitted Stacy solemnly. &#8220;What are you going
+to do with it all?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Eat um.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All of it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_151'></a>151</span>&#8220;Some of
+um. Mebby wolf eat um rest. Mebby bear eat um.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mebby they don&#8217;t. Mebby Stacy Brown will eat um if there is any
+left when my hungry friends get through with it to-morrow,&#8221; jeered the fat
+boy. &#8220;I&#8217;ll have mine rare, if you please.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh!&#8221; grunted Anvik with the suspicion of a grin on his usually
+stolid countenance.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_152'></a>152</span><a id='link_14'></a>CHAPTER XIV<br /><span class='h2fs'>STACY BUMPS THE BUMPS</span></h2>
+
+<p>One by one the travelers were hauling the ponies up a steep mountain, over
+which their course lay, four days after Tad had brought in the antelope. They
+had eaten their fill of the meat, hiding the rest in case they should by any
+chance come that way again.</p>
+
+<p>The going had been worse than before. It could not have been tougher for
+either man or beast. The mountain side up which they were struggling was rough
+and rugged. A short distance to the right of them the quartz rock was as smooth
+as polished marble save for a hummock here and there, some of the latter smooth,
+others rough. Neither Pony Rider Boy nor pony could have held his footing there
+for an instant.</p>
+
+<p>After two hours&#8217; toil they got the last of the stock up, which in this
+case was the pack mule. Ned pulled on the rope while Tad and Anvik pushed. They
+were safe in doing so, for the mule could not kick without going down
+altogether. <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_153'></a>153</span>Furthermore, it was as anxious as its helpers to get
+to the top and have the disagreeable job over with. The result was that all
+hands were pretty well fagged out by the time they got to a level space from
+which their way led around the base of the higher mountain.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, Stacy, you haven&#8217;t done much except to give us the benefit
+of your advice, so take the mule over yonder and tether him where he can
+browse,&#8221; directed Butler. &#8220;Walter, did you tether the
+others?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I did.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on, you lazy mule. I&#8217;m not going to tote you. You&#8217;ll
+tote yourself if you want a feed,&#8221; growled Stacy, taking hold of the lead
+rope and slouching off to the right. The bushes where they had placed the ponies
+were about ten rods to the northward of the point at which the party had landed.
+Stacy was apparently trying to see how near he could walk to the edge without
+himself or the mule slipping down that glassy side of granite-like rocks.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come along, you lazy cayuse,&#8221; he yelled, giving the lead line a
+series of tugs. It was like pulling on a dead weight, the pack mule being too
+weary to hasten its lagging footsteps. Chunky turned around and taking firm grip
+on <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_154'></a>154</span>the rope with
+both hands began to pull with all his might. The mule braced himself. He
+resented this sort of treatment.</p>
+
+<p>The halter suddenly slipped over the animal&#8217;s head, and the pack mule
+sat down heavily. So did the fat boy. Unfortunately for the mule it sat down
+with its haunches slightly over the edge of the slope, and down it went over the
+slippery surface.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There goes the other mule!&#8221; yelled Walter Perkins.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fat boy him go, too,&#8221; grunted Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>They had failed to observe Stacy. What they were most interested in was the
+sight of their pack mule sliding down the slope backwards in a sitting posture.
+Alarmed as they were to see their stores disappearing, the ludicrousness of the
+sight interested them. The mule came in contact with one of the high
+places&#8211;a rocky bump, which bounced him up into the air and turned him
+completely around. Down to the next obstruction the animal traveled, principally
+on its nose.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy Brown was only a few seconds behind the mule. The two had sat down
+facing each other. The mule being the heavier had gone first and, when once
+under way, his momentum carried him along with greater force and speed.</p>
+
+<p>With a wild yell, the fat boy, sprawling and <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_155'></a>155</span>struggling to catch hold of something to stop his
+progress, began the descent. Below him he could hear the rattle of tin cans, for
+the pack had broken open. It was raining canned goods down there, but Stacy was
+not particularly interested in this phase of the situation. He hit the bump over
+which the pack mule had leaped, was hurled up into the air, where he did a dizzy
+spin, then sat down with a force that for the instant knocked all the breath out
+of him, and once more he shot towards the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;ll both be killed!&#8221; cried the Professor in great
+alarm.</p>
+
+<p>Tad, comprehending the scene in a twinkling, started on a run. Choosing a
+point where there were no bumps in the way, he crept over and, sitting on his
+feet, supported on each side by his hands, began a downward shoot. But the
+freckle-faced boy did not long maintain that position. A few seconds after
+starting he was flat on his back, going down feet first at a speed that fairly
+took his breath away.</p>
+
+<p>Ere he was half-way down, the mule had reached the end of its journey at the
+bottom of the slope. Then Stacy Brown came along, but not much more gracefully
+than the mule, and landed feet first on the animal. What the slide and the bumps
+had failed to do for the unfortunate beast, Stacy Brown did. He was a <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_156'></a>156</span>human projectile and the
+mule, that had got to its fore feet, promptly lay down again under the impact.
+Chunky did a graceful dive over the body of his prostrate enemy, landing on his
+shoulders in a thicket.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy! Stacy!&#8221; yelled Tad as he reached the end of his own slide
+and got to his feet. Tad had not been in the least injured by the fall.
+&#8220;Stacy!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you want?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you hurt?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then come and help me get the mule up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m strung up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad did not know what the trouble was, but he lost no time in getting to his
+companion. Butler gazed, then he burst out laughing. Chunky lay on his back on
+the ground, his eyes rolling. One foot was elevated as high as it could reach
+and still permit the boy&#8217;s body to remain on the ground. The foot was
+caught in the crotch of a dwarfed tree, and was wedged in tightly, too.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gracious! How did you ever manage to get into that scrape?&#8221;
+questioned Tad between laughs. &#8220;Hey, Ned, is that you?&#8221; as a
+crashing in the bushes was heard near at hand.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_157'></a>157</span>&#8220;Yes.
+I&#8217;m coming. Is Stacy hurt?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, but come here quick. Here&#8217;s a sight for you!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned threshed his way to them, then he, too, burst out into a roar of
+laughter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ha, ha!&#8221; mocked Chunky. &#8220;That&#8217;s right. Never mind
+me. I&#8217;m only the fat boy, taken along to do stunts to make the rest of you
+laugh. I&#8217;m quite comfortable, thank you. I can stand on my head here for
+any old length of time. Have your laugh out, then shoot me! I don&#8217;t want
+to die a lingering death.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll lift him up. You get the foot out, Ned,&#8221; directed
+Tad.</p>
+
+<p>This was not so easily accomplished. Butler tried different ways of doing
+this, but each time the fat boy&#8217;s yells made him stop short. Every attempt
+to lift Stacy gave his foot a wrench, bringing forth a howl.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me have your hatchet,&#8221; demanded Tad. Ned passed it over.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you going to do? Going to chop my leg off?&#8221; demanded
+Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t worry. It won&#8217;t hurt but a moment.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pro-o-o-o-fessor!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep still, you ninny! We aren&#8217;t going to hurt you,&#8221;
+growled Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Tad was already hacking at the tree, which <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_158'></a>158</span>was small, but very tough. Every blow brought a yell
+from the fat boy. He couldn&#8217;t have made much more racket had his
+companions in reality been amputating the leg itself.</p>
+
+<p>At last Butler had chopped through. He grabbed the tree, but Stacy, jerking
+on his foot, pulled the tree right over on him, incidentally throwing Tad down.
+Then Chunky let out a fresh series of howls as the sharp sprouts smote him on
+the face and body. The foot, however, had come free with the falling of the
+tree, but the boy still lay there groaning, making no effort to help
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get up! You&#8217;re all right,&#8221; commanded Ned, jerking Stacy
+out by the collar. &#8220;See what you&#8217;ve accomplished now. You have done
+for our last mule. Had you not been along I don&#8217;t believe the other one
+would have fallen off the trail.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right. Save the donk, but never mind a Stacy Brown.
+He&#8217;s a good joke, that&#8217;s all,&#8221; complained Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>Tad had run to the pack mule which had got up, and was standing with nose
+close to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He isn&#8217;t hurt,&#8221; cried Tad. &#8220;He is all right,
+Professor,&#8221; he called. &#8220;Both mules are all right. Hooray!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Eh?&#8221; growled Stacy, flushing hotly.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_159'></a>159</span>Anvik, who had
+been making his way down by a more roundabout way, now made his appearance. He
+grunted upon discovering the disheveled Chunky, and shrugged his shoulders as he
+observed the display of tin cans strewn about.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Much heap big fool!&#8221; ejaculated the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you addressing your remarks to me or to the mule?&#8221; demanded
+Stacy calmly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh!&#8221; That was the only reply Stacy got, and Anvik began
+gathering up the stuff that had been lost from the battered pack. This was no
+small task, owing to the way the provisions had been scattered. Butler, in the
+meantime, had gone over the pack mule carefully to see if there were any serious
+injuries.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s a lucky mule,&#8221; announced the lad. &#8220;There are no
+bones broken, but I&#8217;ll warrant he aches all over from the shaking up he
+has had. I shall have to sew up that gash on his side when we get him
+up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s get started and boost him up, then,&#8221; urged
+Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, let the beggar rest. I haven&#8217;t the heart to drag him up that
+mountain again until he recovers from the shock. We&#8217;ll tether him and help
+Anvik get the provisions up first. Stacy, are you able to work?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What you want me to do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_160'></a>160</span>&#8220;Carry
+some of these stores up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The fat boy shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My weak heart won&#8217;t stand it,&#8221; he answered. Thrusting his
+hands in his pockets he strolled off.</p>
+
+<p>The two boys looked at each other and Tad shook his head hopelessly. Ned
+picked up a stone and savagely shied it at a tomato can. It hit the can and
+split it wide open.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you must give vent to your emotions I wish you would throw stones
+at a tree, or at something that won&#8217;t deplete our stores,&#8221; suggested
+Butler. &#8220;Now see what you&#8217;ve done.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Stacy had promptly rescued the split tomato can and carefully holding it
+before him stepped gingerly over to a rock on which he sat down and began eating
+of the contents of the can.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t want to see. Stacy riles me so that I want to thrash
+him. I&#8217;ll do it some day, too!&#8221; threatened Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy paid no attention to Rector&#8217;s threats, but having finally emptied
+the can, he threw it at Ned, then began climbing the mountain to rejoin the
+outfit.</p>
+
+<p>It was all of two hours ere they finished their work of bringing the damaged
+supplies up the mountain side. Then came a tug of war in getting the mule up
+once more, the brute hanging back, the boys pulling and pushing. The Professor
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_161'></a>161</span>had a new pack
+cover all cut and sewed by the time they had finished. The boys decided to camp
+where they were for an hour longer, then go on, making a late camp that
+afternoon, the days being so long that this could be done without night
+traveling, which was very perilous in that rugged section.</p>
+
+<p>They finally took up their journey, making camp on a high plateau where Tad
+was destined to make an important discovery before they set out on the following
+day.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_162'></a>162</span><a id='link_15'></a>CHAPTER XV<br /><span class='h2fs'>THE STORY IN THE DEAD FIRE</span></h2>
+
+<p>It was an hour past daylight on the following morning when Tad, who had got
+up early, shouldered his rifle and stalked out of camp, returned. The other boys
+were just out of their beds, heading for a spring to &#8220;wash their eyes
+open.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad did not show himself to them at once. There was no real reason for his
+caution, save that he was a woodsman and therefore always cautious as to the
+moves he made. Anvik caught sight of him instantly, and Tad beckoned. The guide
+did not appear to have observed the signal, but taking up his hatchet as if
+going out for wood, he strode from the camp also, and Butler seeing that the
+guide was coming, turned and walked briskly away from the camp.</p>
+
+<p>The freckle-faced boy led for a short quarter of a mile straight over the
+plateau, a thickly wooded, rugged plain. Then he halted, waiting for the guide
+to come up. Tad pointed to a heap of ashes, the remains of a campfire.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh!&#8221; grunted the Indian.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_163'></a>163</span>&#8220;Someone
+has been here before us,&#8221; nodded Tad. &#8220;And not so very long ago, I
+should say. What do you make of it, Anvik?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You see um?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Butler nodded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What you see?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A dead campfire.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh. Heap much. What else you see?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I see a few things, Anvik. Of course I can&#8217;t see as much as you
+do, but I should say this camp was not more than a day old. This fire was
+blazing yesterday. The ashes aren&#8217;t the right color for a very old
+one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One sun,&#8221; grunted the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It looks to me as if there had been two men here. Am I
+right?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Heap good. Two men. Leave, big hurry. Him go that way. Stay here two
+hour. Wonder why big hurry?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps they wanted to get somewhere, some place for which they had
+set out in a hurry. They had two ponies and pretty heavy packs.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Anvik nodded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;White boy much wise. Him see almost like Indian. My father him shaman.
+Him teach Anvik see many thing. White boy him see almost as much as
+Anvik.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where do you think they are going?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_164'></a>164</span>&#8220;Not
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps they are miners prospecting for a claim.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Anvik shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Too much big hurry. No prospect. Mebby go get claim. Mebby see um
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope we do. It would be pleasant to have some company in this wild
+place. They went in that direction when they broke camp. Is that the way we
+go?&#8221; asked Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We follow um trail.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then let&#8217;s go back and get ready to move.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The pair strode back without another word, the Indian&#8217;s admiration for
+the freckle-faced boy having increased greatly since Tad had beckoned him from
+the camp.</p>
+
+<p>Shortly after noon as they were casting about for a favorable place in which
+to make their mid-day halt, Ned Rector, who was riding to the right of the
+others, uttered a shout.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; cried Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There has been a campfire here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did you find it?&#8221; wondered Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My pony walked through it and kicked up the ashes. Who do you suppose
+it could have been?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am sure I don&#8217;t know. See anything about the remains of the
+fire that tells you anything?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_165'></a>165</span>&#8220;No. What
+is there to see, Tad?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It takes a woodsman to see things,&#8221; declared Stacy Brown,
+getting from his saddle and gravely strolling to the heap of ashes, into which
+he thrust one hand.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well?&#8221; grinned Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ashes warm. Haven&#8217;t been away from here very long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Great!&#8221; cried the boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are a wonder,&#8221; nodded Butler approvingly. &#8220;But you all
+missed the other one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The other what?&#8221; demanded Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The other campfire. There was another right near where we camped last
+night. In that case the ashes were cold. The travelers haven&#8217;t made as
+much progress to-day as I should have thought they would, and it looks to me as
+though they thought they were moving rather too rapidly and had slowed down a
+little. What do you say, Anvik?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh!&#8221; grunted the Indian, which Tad interpreted as meaning that
+he was right.</p>
+
+<p>The Professor was much interested in the discovery, and asked Tad and Anvik
+many questions about the earlier discovery. Still, there was not much to be
+learned. A stranger in this wild place was something to attract the attention
+and cause speculation and discussion, so during the rest hour they talked of
+little <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_166'></a>166</span>else. Tad
+thought they would come up with the two strangers, but the guide shook his
+head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him go north. Anvik go northwest. No see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We shall see by to-morrow. I have an idea that we are going to catch
+up with our friends before we get across the mountains,&#8221; averred Tad
+confidently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lunch is ready,&#8221; announced the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And speaking of food, I&#8217;m a little hungry myself,&#8221; said
+Tad with a laugh. &#8220;I really am glad there is no one in our outfit with a
+delicate appetite. Walt, do you remember what a dainty picker you were when we
+first went out together?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. I have changed since then, haven&#8217;t I?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say you have. From a delicate little chap you&#8217;ve gotten
+to be a regular whopper.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I reckon we&#8217;ve all grown some,&#8221; agreed Chunky.
+&#8220;But if this kind of going continues we&#8217;ll all shrink away to
+nothing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will be able to lift a house after you have finished this
+journey,&#8221; laughed Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t want to lift a house. I&#8217;ve got all I can do to
+lift myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Soon after, the party started on, to meet with a surprise ere they had gone
+far on their journey.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_167'></a>167</span><a id='link_16'></a>CHAPTER XVI<br /><span class='h2fs'>A SIGN FROM THE MOUNTAIN TOP</span></h2>
+
+<p>The surprise did not come until just before night closed in, shortly after
+ten o&#8217;clock that night.</p>
+
+<p>A hard, grilling day had been spent on the trail, with little relief from
+their labors, which were divided between hauling the ponies up dangerous slopes,
+down almost sheer walls, across glacial streams cold as ice, and last but not
+least the fighting of giant mosquitoes and black gnats.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is only one thing lacking to make this country the limit,&#8221;
+declared Stacy after they had made camp and settled down to warm themselves
+while the guide was getting supper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And what might that be?&#8221; questioned the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Snakes!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank goodness there aren&#8217;t any such things here,&#8221;
+exclaimed Rector. &#8220;It is bad enough as it is. Hark! What&#8217;s
+that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him wolf,&#8221; grunted the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say there were several of &#8216;him,&#8217;&#8221; <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_168'></a>168</span>laughed Tad Butler.
+&#8220;They seemed to be stirred up about something. Are they timber wolves,
+Anvik?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The guide nodded and grunted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you afraid of wolves?&#8221; demanded Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No &#8217;fraid wolves. Mebby &#8217;fraid Ingalik.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad drew from this that the Indian had something in mind that he had not
+spoken to them about. The freckle-faced boy eyed the Indian keenly, but
+Anvik&#8217;s impassive face told him nothing. The guide had discovered
+something else. Tad was sure of that, but what that something was the boy had
+not the slightest idea.</p>
+
+<p>Tad&#8217;s gaze roved about over the landscape, traveling slowly from
+mountain to mountain, from peak to peak. Twice he went over the rugged landscape
+spread out before them with his searching glances. Suddenly his gaze halted and
+fixed on the peak of a low mountain off to the northwest of them. Butler shaded
+his eyes, and Anvik, observing the action, followed the direction of the
+boy&#8217;s gaze.</p>
+
+<p>The guide made no move, nor did he change expression, but Tad saw that Anvik
+saw. A tiny ring of smoke was rising slowly from the low mountain peak, swaying
+lazily as it rose in the quiet air. It was almost white. One <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_169'></a>169</span>might have taken it for a
+cloud did he not know better, and only a mountaineer would have known
+better.</p>
+
+<p>A moment and a second ring ascended in the wake of the first one, then after
+another interval a third ring rose.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you looking at?&#8221; demanded the Professor sharply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Smoke,&#8221; answered Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On that low peak. Where are the glasses?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ned hurriedly fetched the glasses. He took the first look, but saw no smoke.
+Tad reached for them. By this time another ring was rising. It, like the first
+one he had seen, was followed by two others.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a signal!&#8221; announced Butler quietly. &#8220;Now what
+can it mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It means trouble for us,&#8221; spoke up Stacy. &#8220;I can feel it
+in my bones.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who would desire to make trouble for us here?&#8221; demanded the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; replied Tad. &#8220;I don&#8217;t believe
+that smoke has anything to do with us. It must be an Indian signal.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No Indian,&#8221; grunted Anvik. &#8220;Him white man
+smoke.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you know?&#8221; questioned the Professor sharply.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_170'></a>170</span>&#8220;Me
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then perhaps you may be able to tell us whose smoke it is?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him white man. Mebby same man, mebby not. White man all same. Him call
+other white man. Him say some along, by jink.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s make a smoke and answer him,&#8221; suggested Ned eagerly.
+&#8220;That would be a joke on him, whoever he is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad said &#8220;no,&#8221; and said it emphatically.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No make smoke,&#8221; agreed the Indian. &#8220;Smoke want white man
+off yonder&#8221;&#8211;pointing to the southwest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you know that?&#8221; asked Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Smoke him go that way. Want us, smoke him go this way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I never knew that before,&#8221; reflected Tad. &#8220;You see, boys,
+they make these signal smokes by building a smudge, then holding a blanket over
+the smudge. By removing the blanket and replacing it they can make a definite
+number of smokes, long smokes or short smokes; in fact, they can almost make
+words, like the telegraph. It is a wonderful thing. I wouldn&#8217;t be
+surprised if those signals could be made out twenty or thirty miles away, if one
+had eyes sharp enough to detect them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But what are they signaling for?&#8221; demanded Stacy.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_171'></a>171</span>&#8220;I
+don&#8217;t know. Anvik says it is white men. I can&#8217;t tell you anything
+about that. Smoke is just smoke to me. They are communicating with someone. We
+shan&#8217;t see them, as they must be all of ten miles away.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fifteen,&#8221; corrected the guide.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That shows how poorly a novice judges distances in this
+country,&#8221; nodded Butler. &#8220;They may see our fire to-night. If they
+are friendly we shall no doubt meet them. If they are not, we may never see a
+sign of them again. That is the way I reason it out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Anvik grunted and nodded. The Indian understood a great deal more of what was
+being said than one would have supposed. In fact, to look at him one would not
+think he had even heard anything of what was being said about him. He was the
+silent, impassive-faced stoic of his race.</p>
+
+<p>After darkness had set in the boys scanned the mountains for the light of a
+campfire, but there was no light to be seen. The Pony Rider Boys&#8217;
+campfire, however, was blazing up brightly, they having built up a large fire on
+purpose to attract the attention of the men who had made the smoke signals from
+the low mountain peak, low in comparison with the ten and fifteen thousand feet
+ranges about them. The boys turned in at midnight, a late hour for <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_172'></a>172</span>them, and were sound
+asleep within two minutes thereafter. They were aroused an hour later by the
+most terrifying roar they had ever listened to.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter?&#8221; cried Tad, springing from his tent,
+trying to pierce the darkness with his gaze.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is&#8211;is the world coming to an end?&#8221; yelled Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess the mountain is falling down,&#8221; shouted Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Guide, guide!&#8221; roared the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik, drawing his blanket still more closely about him, stepped over and
+threw some fresh sticks on the fire. The roaring by this time had become a
+thunderous, crashing noise that fairly deafened them. One had to shout to make
+himself heard. Fine particles, like sharp stones, began raining down upon them,
+stinging the faces, causing the boys to shield their eyes with their arms.
+Stacy, in alarm, ran and hid in the tent; the others stood their ground, yet not
+knowing what second they might be caught in what seemed to them to be a great
+upheaval of nature.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s an earthquake,&#8221; shouted Ned Rector.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy heard the words in a brief lull. The fat boy burst from his tent
+yelling like a wild Indian.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_173'></a>173</span>&#8220;An
+earthquake! Oh, wow, wow, wow! We&#8217;ll all be shot to pieces. Oh,
+help!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad grabbed the boy by a shoulder, giving him a good shaking.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop that noise!&#8221; he commanded. &#8220;Don&#8217;t yell until
+you are hurt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I want to yell now. Maybe I can&#8217;t yell after I&#8217;m
+hurt,&#8221; returned Chunky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Guide! What is it?&#8221; roared the Professor, the perspiration
+standing out over his face, as Tad observed when the fire blazed up.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik finished what he was doing before he answered. Then he spoke without
+looking up.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Him mountain fall down.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is it an ice slide?&#8221; shouted Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ugh!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An avalanche, do you mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes; an ice-avalanche,&#8221; explained the Professor. &#8220;I have
+seen them in other parts of the world.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sun make him ice weak; ice fall down,&#8221; explained Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about danger for us?&#8221; asked Walter.</p>
+
+<p>For answer the Indian shrugged his shoulders and went on poking the fire.
+Then, of a sudden, there came a crash like a salvo of artillery. A crushing,
+grinding mass shot by them, snuffing out the fire as it passed.</p>
+
+<p>Darkness and a terrifying silence followed.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_174'></a>174</span><a id='link_17'></a>CHAPTER XVII<br /><span class='h2fs'>AN UNEXPECTED MEETING</span></h2>
+
+<p>After the roar of the passing avalanche had ceased, and the awed silence
+became oppressive, Stacy Brown&#8217;s voice was heard.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ow-wow!&#8221; he wailed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are we all here, and safe?&#8221; called Tad. &#8220;Professor, Ned,
+Walter, Anvik!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Each answered to his name.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You didn&#8217;t call for me,&#8221; Chunky protested indignantly.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t I count in this outfit?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s easy,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;When you&#8217;re not
+making a noise we know you&#8217;re somewhere else. Let&#8217;s see what the ice
+did to our camp.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Heap one piece ice fall,&#8221; grunted the guide. &#8220;Him sit on
+fire. Innua him mad, by jink!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is Innua the scoundrel who has been throwing sections of mountains at
+us?&#8221; demanded Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He means the mountain spirit,&#8221; explained Tad. &#8220;Don&#8217;t
+you recall that Anvik wouldn&#8217;t start out with us the first day because he
+said <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_175'></a>175</span>the mountain
+spirit was in a blue funk, or something of the sort?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Old Innua must have been in a rage to-night then, and we are lucky
+that we weren&#8217;t in range of his projectiles,&#8221; chuckled Tad.</p>
+
+<p>Beyond destroying their fire, no damage had been done to the camp. However,
+after the excitement no one felt like sleep, so the boys sat about the fire
+discussing the ice avalanche for an hour or more. Then, at the Professor&#8217;s
+urgent insistence, they turned in. Anvik long since had wound himself up in his
+blanket and gone to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the dawn was graying, Tad got up, and shouldering his rifle slipped
+from the camp unobserved by anyone except the Indian. Anvik opened one eye,
+regarded the boy inquiringly, then closing the eye, dozed off. He was by this
+time too well used to Tad&#8217;s morning excursions to ask any questions. He
+knew the boy was well able to take care of himself.</p>
+
+<p>Tad had a two-fold purpose in view in going out this morning. He wanted to
+get some fresh meat for the outfit and he also was curious to know what the
+smoke of the previous evening had meant. While he did not expect to come up with
+any strangers, he thought that, perhaps he might discover something.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_176'></a>176</span>Tad did. He had
+proceeded less than a mile from camp when he smelled smoke. At first he thought
+the odor must come from his own camp, then he saw that the slight breeze was
+from the opposite direction.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That means that someone isn&#8217;t far ahead of me. It means I am
+going to find out who it is if I can.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After floundering about for fully half an hour, with the odor of smoke
+becoming more pungent all the time, the boy was on the point of confessing that
+he was beaten, when all at once he caught the sound of a human voice. The voice
+was not loud enough to enable him to distinguish the words, but he was quite
+sure it was the voice of a white man and not far away at that.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They have masked their camp. That&#8217;s why I haven&#8217;t been
+able to find them,&#8221; muttered the boy, starting ahead again. After creeping
+forward cautiously for some time, a wave of suffocating smoke from burning wood
+smote him full in the face.</p>
+
+<p>Tad uttered a loud sneeze. Two men suddenly appeared in the haze of smoke,
+and the boy heard the sound of hands slapping pistol holsters. He was able to
+make the men out faintly, but not with sufficient clearness to see who or what
+they were.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_177'></a>177</span>&#8220;Hold on,
+boys&#8211;don&#8217;t shoot!&#8221; warned Butler, as he stepped around the
+smudge to enable him to get a better view of the men whom he had come upon so
+unexpectedly, to them.</p>
+
+<p>Before him stood Curtis Darwood and Dill Bruce, the latter known among his
+companions as the Pickle. Each man held his revolver ready for quick action.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, how do you do?&#8221; smiled Tad. &#8220;I hadn&#8217;t the least
+idea I should find anyone I knew.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, suffering blue jays, if it isn&#8217;t old Spotted Face!&#8221;
+exclaimed Bruce. &#8220;Howdy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Very good. How are you?&#8221; Tad stepped forward. Bruce shook hands
+cordially with the boy. Tad turned to Darwood, who had not said a word. The
+latter&#8217;s face darkened, and he appeared not to have observed the hand that
+Tad extended toward him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Aren&#8217;t you going to shake hands with me, Mr. Darwood?&#8221;
+asked the lad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon you ought to know better than to ask it,&#8221; returned the
+gold digger. &#8220;I reckon, further, that if you know what&#8217;s good for
+you you&#8217;ll be mushing out of this as fast as your legs will carry you,
+unless you are looking for trouble. Git!&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_178'></a>178</span><a id='link_18'></a>CHAPTER XVIII<br /><span class='h2fs'>AN UNFRIENDLY RECEPTION</span></h2>
+
+<p>Tad gazed at the gold digger in amazement.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8211;I don&#8217;t understand, Mr. Darwood.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you understand plain English? I said &#8216;git.&#8217; We
+don&#8217;t want anything to do with you, and if we find you fooling about our
+outfit after this we&#8217;ll try something else to keep you away,&#8221; warned
+the prospector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know why you appear to have taken such a dislike to me.
+I am sure I have done nothing to merit it. However, I am equally sure that I
+don&#8217;t want anything to do with you. If you change your mind and can act
+like a man, instead of a kid, I shall be glad to see you. But don&#8217;t get
+funny. We may be boys but we are quite able to take care of ourselves,&#8221;
+answered Tad, turning away.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Darwood&#8217;s voice was stern. Tad halted and turned towards the two
+men.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You reckon you&#8217;re mighty smart, I know, <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_179'></a>179</span>but you must think I&#8217;m a
+natural-born fool not to know that you have been following us all the way up
+here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, you needn&#8217;t play the innocent dodge. You know what I
+mean.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8211;you think we have been following you?&#8221; questioned the
+boy, scarcely able to believe that the prospector was in earnest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t think. I know. You&#8217;re like all the rest of them.
+We have had this thing happen to us before. There are plenty more like you, and
+they&#8217;ve followed us, hoping they will be the first to discover the bear
+totem and the claim that we are in search of.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Taku Pass?&#8221; asked Butler with a half smile on his face.</p>
+
+<p>Darwood&#8217;s face flushed angrily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did I tell you, Bruce?&#8221; he snapped. &#8220;Are you
+going?&#8221; he demanded, turning towards Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. I don&#8217;t care to stay where I&#8217;m not wanted. But before
+going I am going to tell you something. We are not prospecting, nor following
+prospectors. We are taking our usual summer vacation on horseback. All I know
+about your affairs is what Captain Petersen of the &#8216;Corsair&#8217; told me, and
+what I overheard from Sandy Ketcham. If you will recall <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_180'></a>180</span>I told you about that. The Captain gave
+me your history as far as he knew it, and I was much interested. How could I
+help being? I love adventure and so do my companions. We wanted to know more
+about it, but did not think it was any of our business until I overheard Ketcham
+plotting against you. We hadn&#8217;t the least idea we ever should see you
+again. My finding you this morning was a pure accident.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How&#8217;d you happen to do it?&#8221; interjected Dill Bruce.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I saw your smoke signs last night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Darwood snapped the word out like the crack of a whip.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I saw your smoke signs. At least I suppose they were yours. This
+morning I started out, as I frequently do, in search of game. I smelled your
+smoke and out of curiosity hunted you up to see who our neighbors were.
+That&#8217;s all there is to it. If you can get anything out of that you are
+welcome to it. I wish you luck in finding Taku Pass. If I should stumble on it,
+I&#8217;ll look you up and let you know. We aren&#8217;t looking for gold mines
+especially. &#8217;Bye.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, what d&#8217;ye think of that?&#8221; grinned the Pickle after
+Tad had left them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think somebody will get hurt if they don&#8217;t leave us
+alone,&#8221; growled Darwood, caressing <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_181'></a>181</span>the butt of his revolver. &#8220;I&#8217;m getting
+tired of this kind of nagging.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That outfit isn&#8217;t nagging you,&#8221; answered Bruce.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you know?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They are nothing but boys. At least one of them is the right sort.
+Spotted Face did us a favor. He isn&#8217;t a crook.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I haven&#8217;t said he was. But you don&#8217;t know who is in their
+outfit now. Besides, there isn&#8217;t one chance in a thousand that
+they&#8217;d be so close on our trail unless they had followed us on purpose.
+No, this business must be stopped. We may be on the right track, and if we are
+we must protect ourselves, and we&#8217;ll do it, even though we have to kill a
+few curious hounds who are following the trail. The boy business may be merely a
+mask for the operations of some other persons.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you find out, then?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Darwood bent a keen gaze on his companion.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hunt up their camp and see what is going on?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll do it,&#8221; answered the gold digger with emphasis.
+&#8220;What&#8217;s more, I&#8217;ll do it now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the talk! If you hurry, you may be able to find the boy
+and follow him in. Shall I go along?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_182'></a>182</span>&#8220;No. You
+stay here and look after things. I may be away for some time. I don&#8217;t know
+where they are, but I&#8217;ll find them if it takes all day. If our two
+comrades come in, you hold them here. Needn&#8217;t tell them where I
+am.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Darwood shouldered his rifle and strode from his camp without another word.
+Bruce replenished the fire in order to make a smudge that could be smelled for
+some distance away, which was for the purpose of directing their companions to
+them, and also had served to call Tad Butler into their camp in advance of the
+other two gold diggers.</p>
+
+<p>Tad was out of sight by the time Curtis Darwood got out, but Darwood was able
+to follow the boy&#8217;s trail, though it was not an easy one. Tad had made no
+effort to mask his trail, but his natural instincts taught him to leave as few
+indications of his progress as possible. Darwood saw this. Instead of lessening
+his suspicions this fact served to increase them. The gold digger was using his
+nose more than his eyes, sniffing the air for the smoke from the camp of the
+Pony Rider Boys&#8217; outfit. He caught the scent after half an hour or so of
+trudging over the hard trail. From this time on it was easy so far as finding
+his way was concerned. Butler, knowing the way, had made much better time back
+to his own camp.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_183'></a>183</span>Breakfast was
+ready by the time he reached there. Tad did not mention his experience, not
+having decided what he would do in this matter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You find big smoke?&#8221; questioned the Indian as Tad stood over him
+by the fire.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; answered the lad carelessly. Anvik shrewdly deduced that
+Butler had made some sort of discovery, but he asked no further questions.
+Perhaps the guide also had discovered that they had near neighbors. If so he
+kept that fact to himself.</p>
+
+<p>The boys sat down to breakfast. They discussed the day&#8217;s ride and
+talked of their further journeyings, though Tad had little to say that morning.
+He was thinking deeply on what had just occurred.</p>
+
+<p>The breakfast was about half finished when the lad flashed a quick, keen
+glance in the direction from which he had entered the camp. The others did not
+observe his sharp glance of inquiry. Tad had seen something. A movement of the
+foliage had attracted his observant eyes. He glanced at Anvik, who was sitting
+with his back to the party, gazing off over the mountains to the rear of them
+and through which they had worked their way to the present camping place.</p>
+
+<p>Tad casually reached over for his rifle that was standing against a rock.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_184'></a>184</span>&#8220;What&#8217;s up?&#8221; demanded Ned
+sharply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I want to examine my gun,&#8221; replied the boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Funny time to examine it when eating your breakfast,&#8221; spoke up
+Walter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I prefer to eat,&#8221; said Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We know that,&#8221; chuckled Ned. &#8220;No need for you to tell
+us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Professor was eyeing Tad inquiringly, observing that the boy&#8217;s face
+was slightly flushed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, Tad?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing, except that I am going to take a pot shot at an
+intruder,&#8221; replied the boy calmly, suddenly leveling his rifle on the
+bushes where he had observed the movement a few moments before.</p>
+
+<p>He pulled the trigger. A deafening crash brought the boys to their feet,
+yelling. The shot was followed by a shout from the bushes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop that shooting, you fool!&#8221; roared a voice. Tad put down his
+gun, grinning broadly, the others dancing about excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come out of that or I&#8217;ll give you something to yell at,&#8221;
+commanded the Pony Rider Boy.</p>
+
+<div class='figcenter'>
+<img src='images/illus-185.jpg' id="img004" alt='' />
+<p class='center caption'>
+Curtis Darwood Stepped Out.
+</p></div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_186'></a>186</span>Curtis Darwood,
+his face stern and determined, stepped out into the open and walked straight
+towards the amazed group now standing near the campfire. The Indian guide was
+the only person who had not gotten up when Tad Butler sent a bullet into the
+thicket fully six feet above the head of the gold digger who was spying on the
+camp.</p>
+
+<p>Darwood was more angry at having been discovered than being shot at. He had
+heard the bullet rip through the foliage above his head, and knew that the shot
+had been intended to stir him up rather than to reach him. That the boy whom he
+had driven from his own camp should have thus turned the tables on him angered
+him almost beyond his control. Darwood was so angry that he failed to see any
+humor in the situation.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is Mr. Darwood, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; cried the Professor with
+face aglow, striding forward with outstretched hand. As in Butler&#8217;s case,
+Darwood professed not to see the proffered hand. He looked the Professor
+squarely in the face.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Won&#8217;t you sit down and have a snack with us?&#8221; asked
+Professor Zepplin. &#8220;We were eating when Tad fired that shot. That was very
+careless of you, young man. You might have killed someone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon he knew whom he was shooting at,&#8221; answered the gold
+digger. &#8220;You see, this isn&#8217;t the first time that young fellow and
+myself have met.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_187'></a>187</span>&#8220;Of course
+not. We all met on the &#8216;Corsair,&#8217;&#8221; spoke up Rector.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He and I have met since then,&#8221; answered Darwood. &#8220;I reckon
+you know all about it. He came spying on our camp this morning just after
+daylight, and&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know that isn&#8217;t true,&#8221; interjected Tad. &#8220;Why
+don&#8217;t you tell it straight if you are bound to tell it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The miner let one hand fall to his holster.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Up in this country they don&#8217;t call men liars,&#8221; answered
+Darwood, looking Butler coldly in the eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then men shouldn&#8217;t place themselves in a position to be called
+liars,&#8221; retorted Tad boldly. &#8220;You had better take your hand from
+your revolver. If you will take the time to glance at the rock to your right you
+may possibly see something to interest you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The miner cast a quick glance of inquiry in the direction indicated, and
+found himself looking into the muzzle of a rifle, laid over the top of the rock.
+Behind the rifle was Chunky, one eye peering over the sights.</p>
+
+<p>Tad laughed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy!&#8221; thundered the Professor. &#8220;What does this
+mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing, Professor,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;Chunky got a little
+excited, that is all. You <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_188'></a>188</span>may put the gun down, Stacy. Mr. Darwood
+doesn&#8217;t understand; that&#8217;s all. Sit down and have a snack with us,
+as the Professor has asked you to do,&#8221; urged Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t want to eat with you. You know it. Don&#8217;t you go to
+getting me riled or I won&#8217;t answer for the consequences.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Neither will I,&#8221; answered Tad smilingly. &#8220;We are easy to
+get along with unless someone treads on our toes; then it&#8217;s a different
+story. Sit down and we will talk this matter over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad threw himself down beside the fire. Stacy still sat behind the rock,
+gazing suspiciously at their early morning visitor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I demand to know the meaning of this scene,&#8221; said the Professor
+sternly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let Mr. Darwood tell you,&#8221; replied Butler.</p>
+
+<p>The gold digger made no answer. Tad turned to the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I will tell you what there is to it, sir. Mr. Darwood thinks we are
+like some others he has met. He thinks we are trying to steal his gold
+mine,&#8221; declared Tad in an impressive voice.</p>
+
+<p>Professor Zepplin flushed deeply.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_189'></a>189</span><a id='link_19'></a>CHAPTER XIX<br /><span class='h2fs'>THE PROFESSOR IN A RAGE</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;What!&#8221; fairly exploded Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. Darwood accuses us of having followed him to find out where this
+wonderful gold deposit is located. He thinks we want to steal it away from
+him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Preposterous!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Show me some gold,&#8221; urged Stacy, edging near. &#8220;I am
+looking for gold. I don&#8217;t make any bones about saying so,
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be silent,&#8221; commanded the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I smelled smoke when I was out this morning,&#8221; continued Butler.
+&#8220;I followed the scent until I stumbled into Mr. Darwood&#8217;s camp. It
+was his signal smokes that we saw yesterday. Mr. Darwood did not give me a very
+cordial welcome; he ordered me out of his camp. Not only that, but he threatened
+me in case we persisted in following him. I think he would have used his pistol
+on me if I had not gone away when I did.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is this true, Darwood?&#8221; questioned the <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_190'></a>190</span>Professor, who was restraining himself
+with an effort.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon it&#8217;s right, so far as it goes. I know what you fellows
+are up to. You may think you can fool me, but I&#8217;ve been in these parts too
+long to be an easy mark. It&#8217;s nobody&#8217;s business whether we are in
+search of gold or whether we are up here for our health. Whatever our business
+is, we don&#8217;t propose to have a lot of folks sticking their noses into
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you propose that we shall do?&#8221; asked Professor
+Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t care what you do,&#8221; roared the gold digger.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then there is nothing more to be said.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes there is. There&#8217;s a lot to be said. I am not going to
+say it all right here, but I reckon I&#8217;ll say it in a different way later
+on. You are following us. Don&#8217;t deny it. I know you are. You pumped the
+Captain and everybody else on the boat about us. Then, when you thought you had
+got all the information you wanted, you followed us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s not true. You know it&#8217;s a lie!&#8221; shouted the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be careful how you nag me on,&#8221; warned the miner.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know you think nothing of the kind. <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_191'></a>191</span>What is it that you reckon to say at
+some other time?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This,&#8221; answered Darwood, tapping his holster significantly.</p>
+
+<p>Tad laughed softly to himself. This angered the gold digger more than
+ever.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You folks get out of these hills! Go anywhere you want to, but get out
+and get out quick. Some more of my men are coming along to-day. If you are here
+to-night it will be the worse for you,&#8221; threatened the miner.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Which direction would you suggest our taking?&#8221; asked Tad in a
+soothing voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go back the way you came. I don&#8217;t care where you go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are not consistent,&#8221; laughed the freckle-faced boy.
+&#8220;You tell us you don&#8217;t care where we go, then you order us to
+proceed in a definite direction. You are going too far, Mr. Darwood. When you
+have had a chance to cool down I think you will look at this matter in a
+different light. If you will use your head a little you will see it is not
+possible that we could have had any previous knowledge of your plans or of your
+gold mine. You had better make friends with us. We might be of some use to you.
+Professor Zepplin is a scientist. He could give you valuable help. Shall we call
+quits and shake hands? Come on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_192'></a>192</span>The words that
+he would utter seemed to stick in the gold digger&#8217;s throat. He clutched
+twice at his holster, but the evident desire on his part to use his pistol
+appeared to have no effect at all on the Pony Rider outfit. Darwood knew very
+well that drawing his weapon would practically be the end of himself, and this
+did not tend to make his situation any better.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll not shake hands with you. I am going back to my camp. If
+you thieves are here by to-night I promise you there will be something doing.
+I&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Professor Zepplin strode forward, his whiskers bristling, his fists clenched.
+The boys never had seen their guardian so angry.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That for your threats!&#8221; he roared, shaking a fist under the nose
+of Curtis Darwood. &#8220;Your threats don&#8217;t frighten us. Your pistol
+doesn&#8217;t frighten us. We&#8217;re not that kind.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The miner started to reply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you open your mouth or I shall forget myself and slap your
+face. Thieves!&#8221; Professor Zepplin struggled to master his emotions.
+&#8220;Thieves! This is too much. You tell us that if we are here to-night you
+will make matters lively for us. If it will accommodate you any we will remain
+right here. But we should be on our way. We are going to follow <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_193'></a>193</span>a straight course as near
+as possible to the northwest. We shall, with reasonable luck, be about twenty
+miles from here by eleven o&#8217;clock to-night. If that is the direction you
+are going you will have no difficulty in finding us. But let me warn you, sir,
+we shall put up with no trifling. We have as good a right to be here as have
+you, and I am not sure but that we have a better right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll see about that,&#8221; retorted Darwood angrily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You let us alone! Do you hear? You let us alone! If you are looking
+for trouble you may have all you want and then some more besides. We are
+peaceable travelers, but we know from long experience how to take care of
+ourselves. Have you anything more to say to me?&#8221; demanded the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon not. I&#8217;ve said my say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then get out before I forget myself and hit you on the nose!&#8221;
+roared Professor Zepplin. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you dare come fooling around our
+camp again, and thank your lucky stars that Master Tad didn&#8217;t make a
+mistake and shoot lower. Are you going, or are you waiting for me to throw you
+out?&#8221; fumed the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon I&#8217;m going. You&#8217;ll hear from me again. Next time
+the shoe will pinch the other foot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_194'></a>194</span>&#8220;It will
+be the foot that kicks you out of camp in that case,&#8221; answered the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hooray!&#8221; howled the fat boy. &#8220;Three cheers for Professor
+Zip-zip!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be silent!&#8221; thundered Professor Zepplin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, you had better look out or he will take it out of you after Mr.
+Darwood has gone,&#8221; warned Tad. &#8220;The Professor is all stirred
+up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Professor was. Darwood turned and strode from the camp without trusting
+himself to utter another word. Professor Zepplin strode back and forth with
+clenched fists, muttering to himself for five minutes after the departure of
+their guest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He called us thieves!&#8221; he exclaimed, halting and glaring angrily
+at Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, don&#8217;t blame me for it,&#8221; answered the fat boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Professor, calm yourself,&#8221; begged Tad. &#8220;Those men have met
+with a lot of crookedness. You can&#8217;t blame them. I shouldn&#8217;t be
+surprised if some other person had been trying to follow them since they have
+been out this time. They probably think we are in league with the others to get
+ahead of them in the discovery of this treasure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t believe there is any treasure,&#8221; raged the
+Professor.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_195'></a>195</span>&#8220;As to
+that, of course, I can&#8217;t say, but I should think it quite probable that
+they had something definite. There must be something in what they have to go on.
+They are not fools, but intelligent men. What is more, they must think they are
+on the right track or they wouldn&#8217;t fly off the handle as Darwood has done
+to-day. What will you do?&#8221; asked Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do? Do? What do you think I am going to do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Knowing you as I do, I should say you would go on as we have
+planned,&#8221; answered Butler laughingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Exactly! If that man thinks he can frighten us out of our course he
+will find that he has made a grave mistake.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you punch him when you had the chance?&#8221;
+demanded Chunky. &#8220;You could have hit him an awful wallop when his chin was
+in the air that time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stacy! You are a savage!&#8221; rebuked the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe, maybe,&#8221; reflected the fat boy. &#8220;But judging from
+some things that have occurred in this camp this morning, I&#8217;m not the only
+savage in the outfit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boys laughed uproariously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s one for you, Professor,&#8221; chuckled Ned.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_196'></a>196</span>&#8220;Anvik! We
+break camp at once,&#8221; fairly snapped the Professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gold man him heap fool,&#8221; grunted the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, not that, Anvik. He is gold-mad like all the rest of them,&#8221;
+corrected Butler. &#8220;I hope I never shall get that way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It can&#8217;t be such bad fun to be gold-mad,&#8221; argued Stacy,
+who usually wanted the other side of an argument. &#8220;I&#8217;d like to try
+it once, if I could find enough gold to make it interesting.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Camp was hastily broken that morning, for there was much lost time to be made
+up. Everyone was eager to get started, anxious to find out what would be the
+outcome of the dispute with the gold diggers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We don&#8217;t know in what direction they&#8217;re going to move,
+while they do know our route,&#8221; said Tad. &#8220;So it will be an easy
+matter for Darwood to watch us as long as he wants to keep us in
+sight.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At seven o&#8217;clock that morning Professor Zepplin gave the word to
+&#8220;mush.&#8221; This morning the Professor was extremely silent, but there
+was a grim look to the corners of his mouth.</p>
+
+<p>Exciting experiences lay before them all. The boys felt it in the very air
+about them. <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_197'></a>197</span>The
+certainty made them feel buoyant and exhilarated. Surely this wild old Alaska
+was a great bit of country!</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t care how soon somebody starts something,&#8221; mused
+Ned. &#8220;We have our heavy artillery well on ahead.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke he gazed smilingly at the tight-jawed Professor, who never looked
+to better advantage than when in warlike mood.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_198'></a>198</span><a id='link_20'></a>CHAPTER XX<br /><span class='h2fs'>TAD DISCOVERS SOMETHING</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see our friends,&#8221; said Ned, an hour later.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;re not in their camp,&#8221; answered Tad. &#8220;We passed
+that an hour ago. They have no horses, so they&#8217;re packing their outfits on
+their backs.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh! That&#8217;s one part of the gold-madness that I don&#8217;t
+want,&#8221; said Chunky. &#8220;Do all gold diggers have to pack their
+outfits?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess few of them can afford to buy ponies,&#8221; answered Butler.
+&#8220;Then, too, the places they go to are usually beyond the reach of anything
+except a wild animal. We are fortunate if we get through with our stock. Even
+our own ponies that we left at home would never be able to make this rough
+trail. What&#8217;s that, Anvik?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The guide was pointing to a waving ribbon of white that appeared to reach
+from point to point on the rocks high above them and some distance ahead.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; demanded the boy.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_199'></a>199</span>&#8220;Him
+goat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mountain goats? Look, boys!&#8221; cried Tad.</p>
+
+<p>Stacy threw up his rifle and took a shot. Of course he missed. A leaping
+mountain goat is not an easy mark even for the best shot, and the fat boy, while
+shooting very well, could hardly be called an expert.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Those are the animals from which the beautiful blankets are
+made,&#8221; the Professor informed them. &#8220;Do you know how the Indians get
+the wool?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They pull it out by the roots, I guess,&#8221; suggested Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hardly,&#8221; laughed Ned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Spring is the shedding time. The goats, in leaping from place to
+place, leave tufts of wool clinging to rocks and bushes, and this the lazy
+Indians gather for their blankets, rather than take the trouble to hunt the
+goats.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Squaw him get wool,&#8221; spoke up Anvik.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Worse yet,&#8221; laughed Butler. &#8220;You are the laziest folks on
+earth.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Squaw work, him no talk lies. Him mouth keep shut.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boys laughed at this crude reasoning of the Indian.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did they teach you at the Mission to make your squaws work?&#8221;
+asked Tad Butler.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik shook his head slowly. He did not answer <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_200'></a>200</span>in words, but hastened his pony&#8217;s
+pace by his heavy pull at the halter.</p>
+
+<p>All that day the boys kept a lookout for smoke, but in vain. After they had
+made camp that night the Professor said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There are indications here of unusual formations. If you have no
+objections I should like to remain here for a day, perhaps two, and do research
+work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right, Professor,&#8221; replied Tad. &#8220;The ponies will be better
+for a rest, and maybe we can do some hunting. How about it, Anvik?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Anvik not care,&#8221; was the guide&#8217;s reply.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast the next morning the Professor set off at once.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, fellows,&#8221; said Tad, &#8220;I propose that Stacy and I
+follow that ravine to the left and Ned and Walter go to the right. From the
+formation I should say that some time late in the day we ought to meet.
+It&#8217;s wild in those passes, and we should get game.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After arranging that three quick shots should announce the finding of game
+and that the distress signal of one shot, a pause, then two quick shots should
+be a call for help, the boys set off, each carrying biscuit, a drinking cup, and
+matches, besides their rifles.</p>
+
+<p>The boys tramped all morning without sighting game.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_201'></a>201</span>After a short
+rest the two boys went on again, bearing more to the left. As they trudged on
+the sound of rushing water was borne to their ears. Then they came out on a
+broad stream, a torrent that came from the top of three lofty, ice-covered
+mountains.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s work up toward that pass,&#8221; suggested Tad, wishing to
+see the gulch from which the stream was flowing.</p>
+
+<p>They had worked their way upstream for half a mile when Chunky yelled:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look there! What&#8217;s that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad saw a hideous head projecting above the bushes. At first he was startled,
+then he laughed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a totem pole, Chunky. They&#8217;re put up usually in
+behalf of the Indian dead to drive the spirits away. Let&#8217;s go and look at
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The totem pole was standing at the entrance of a second narrow gulch. Sand
+and shale rock were heaped up at the entrance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A stream flowed through here at one time, Stacy. I imagine that it was
+the same body of water we&#8217;ve just been looking at.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yeh,&#8221; said Stacy absently. &#8220;Say, Tad, let&#8217;s see who
+can first hit that evil-looking thing with a stone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Tad laughed and stooped to pick up a stone. As he did so, he noticed an arrow
+cut into the <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_202'></a>202</span>rock
+at one side of the gulch, the point of the arrow aimed up the gulch.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s queer,&#8221; muttered the boy. &#8220;I suppose
+it&#8217;s an Indian sign. This is a place of many mysteries.&#8221; He stooped
+to pick up the rusty-looking stone that had caught his glance. It was worn full
+of holes as if by the action of water and when he took it in his hand its
+heaviness aroused his curiosity. Opening his knife, he dug into the stone.</p>
+
+<p>Tad&#8217;s face flushed a vivid red, and he uttered a sharp exclamation.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; demanded Stacy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing much. Maybe I&#8217;ve made a discovery. Don&#8217;t
+let&#8217;s idle here. Let&#8217;s go on and see if we can&#8217;t get our bear.
+This seems to be our lucky day,&#8221; said the boy, pocketing the stone and
+once more shouldering his rifle. &#8220;Come, mush, as Anvik would
+say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_203'></a>203</span><a id='link_21'></a>CHAPTER XXI<br /><span class='h2fs'>CONCLUSION</span></h2>
+
+<p>Professor Zepplin had been closeted in his tent for an hour when he beckoned
+Tad Butler to enter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Boy, this rusty stone that you picked up is a gold nugget, worth, I
+should say, all of five hundred dollars!&#8221; cried the Professor excitedly.
+&#8220;Are there more of them, Tad?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t say. I found this one on a bar where it was probably
+washed down. The place was once a stream, but it changed its course and is now
+some distance to the west. I&#8217;ve an idea that there&#8217;s gold in that
+sand-bar.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then we&#8217;d better go after it. It probably belongs to no
+one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m not sure of that. Others may have a juster claim than we
+have, Professor.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You suspect something, Tad, without knowing fully. We&#8217;ll look at
+the place and decide what to do later.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The others were in bed, but still awake when Tad left the Professor&#8217;s
+tent, but to their questions he gave evasive answers.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_204'></a>204</span>It seemed to Tad
+that he had been asleep but a few minutes when he felt a touch on his shoulder.
+He sat up, instantly wide awake. Anvik was bending over him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Somebody come,&#8221; muttered the guide. &#8220;One, two, three,
+four, maybe more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Day was just breaking. Tad awakened his companions, giving each instructions
+as to what he was to do. Then he hurried to the Professor&#8217;s tent to give
+Anvik&#8217;s news.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look out!&#8221; yelled Stacy shrilly.</p>
+
+<p>A series of quick, sharp reports punctured the stillness of the morning. Tad
+and Professor Zepplin dashed out, and so did Walter Perkins. Ned Rector and
+Stacy Brown were nowhere to be seen. Anvik stood against a rock, his blanket
+drawn about him, the muzzle of a rifle protruding from the lower end of it.</p>
+
+<p>Four men appeared in the open, each holding a rifle. The rifles were aimed at
+the members of the Pony Rider outfit.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s Darwood!&#8221; gasped the Professor. It was Darwood,
+accompanied by Sam Dawson, Dill Bruce and Curley Tinker. &#8220;What&#8217;s the
+meaning of this outrage, gentlemen?&#8221; he demanded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I gave you warning to mush back to where you came from,&#8221;
+answered Darwood.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And I told you we&#8217;d do nothing of the sort!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_205'></a>205</span>&#8220;You&#8217;re going now, and in a
+hurry!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What will you do if we refuse again?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll find out what we&#8217;ll do. We&#8217;re north of
+fifty-three now. You know what that means. Put down those guns, and do it
+quick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose you set the example,&#8221; said Tad quietly. He had not
+spoken up to this point.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep still!&#8221; commanded Darwood. &#8220;Put down those
+guns.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be in a hurry,&#8221; advised Tad. &#8220;Before you do
+anything that you&#8217;ll regret, let me say that every man of you is covered.
+The slightest hostile motion on your part is your death warrant.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Indian&#8217;s got away!&#8221; cried Dawson.</p>
+
+<p>Darwood for the first time realized that all the Pony Rider outfit was not in
+sight.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Either your friends will put down their guns and come out or
+we&#8217;ll shoot,&#8221; snarled Darwood, fixing his gaze on Tad Butler.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you so anxious to die, Curtis Darwood?&#8221; asked the lad
+calmly.</p>
+
+<p>Darwood flushed, but the four men lowered their rifles to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. Darwood, I have something to tell you. Sit down,&#8221; went on
+the boy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reckon we&#8217;ll do nothing of the sort.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sit down, I say!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The men obeyed reluctantly.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_206'></a>206</span>&#8220;Keep them
+covered until they come to their senses, boys,&#8221; directed Tad. Then he went
+on to the men: &#8220;We don&#8217;t blame you for feeling that every
+man&#8217;s hand is against you; but I&#8217;m going to prove to you that ours
+are not. See this?&#8221; and Tad tossed to Darwood the rusty stone that he had
+found in the sand-bar.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gold! A nugget of pure gold,&#8221; breathed Darwood. &#8220;Where did
+you get it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we found the Taku Pass.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And we&#8217;ve lost it,&#8221; groaned Dawson.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll fight for it, then!&#8221; shouted Darwood.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You might wait until there&#8217;s need for fighting, Mr.
+Darwood,&#8221; said Tad contemptuously. He then went on to describe the totem
+pole, while his listeners became more and more excited. They got out an old map,
+and after studying it Tad said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is the Taku Pass that Stacy and I discovered. As it is undoubtedly
+yours, we relinquish all claim to the land.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How much do you want for the relinquishment?&#8221; asked Dawson.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing. Sit down and have breakfast with us and then we will lead you
+to the place.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t say much,&#8221; said Darwood falteringly.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve been a bunch of driveling idiots.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast Anvik was sent to the men&#8217;s <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_207'></a>207</span>camp for pans and implements and
+supplies, and the others set off in Tad Butler&#8217;s wake to explore the
+gulch.</p>
+
+<p>At one point the party found a slender vein of pure gold, enough to give hope
+that the vein broadened out farther on. Tad, in a cavelike niche, saw a gray
+streak of ore that reached for a long distance. A piece of this about the size
+of a goose egg lay at his feet. It was heavy, and he put it in his pocket to
+show to the others.</p>
+
+<p>Anvik came in with the tools, surveying chains, and pans, and Darwood and the
+others staked off their claims, taking in enough to give each boy a claim,
+putting up heaps of stones to mark the boundaries.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course, if anyone else were to file a prior claim we&#8217;d have a
+hard time to substantiate ours. But there&#8217;s not much danger.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The claim staked, Darwood proposed that they pan in the bar to see what they
+could find. To the delight of all, sparkling particles of rich yellow dust lay
+in the bottoms of the sieves, and they felt convinced that there was gold in
+paying quantities.</p>
+
+<p>Once more back in the camp, the Professor disappeared into his tent. When he
+emerged he looked excited.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Boys!&#8221; he shouted. &#8220;Tad! Your sample <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_208'></a>208</span>is platinum! Gentlemen, you have indeed
+a fortune! The platinum is worth about double its weight in gold!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Such a hurrah as went up! Such an evening of rejoicing and excitement! But
+early the next morning came the reaction.</p>
+
+<p>Tad, up early, went out to the claim, too impatient to await breakfast. To
+his amazement instead of finding the markers they had set, he found that they
+had been removed, and in their places some one had cut off saplings and marked
+the stumps of them with deep-cut notches.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s that rascal, Sandy Ketcham,&#8221; declared Darwood in a
+strained voice, when Tad reported his discovery. &#8220;He&#8217;s been on our
+trail for nearly three years, and now he&#8217;s got us! He&#8217;s on his way
+to Skagway now to register the claim in the land office,&#8221; the man
+groaned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll get ahead of them, then,&#8221; cried Tad. &#8220;He
+hasn&#8217;t much of a start. When does a steamer leave Yakutat?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This is the twenty-third. The &#8216;Corsair&#8217; will leave Yakutat on
+the twenty-seventh. He will just about make it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So will I,&#8221; cried Tad Butler stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>Tad won Professor Zepplin&#8217;s consent to his plan, and after Darwood had
+got the papers ready and the boys had gathered provisions together, <span
+class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_209'></a>209</span>Tad was off, riding one
+pony and leading another, that he might change from one to the other, thus
+avoiding tiring either.</p>
+
+<p>With lather standing out all over his mount, Tad pounded on, eyes and ears
+alight for Sandy Ketcham. He halted at noon to change horses and let each drink
+a little from a spring. Then on once more for seemingly countless hours.</p>
+
+<p>There was a brief pause in the evening, to allow the ponies to rest and
+graze, then on again in the darkness. The second night a longer rest was
+imperative, while Tad fretted, tired as he was, to be off again.</p>
+
+<p>On the third day he came across the still hot ashes of a campfire, and
+decided that he was not far behind Ketcham. Still twenty miles from Yakutat, one
+of the ponies strained a tendon. The boy was forced regretfully to abandon the
+animal and to go forward on the second mount.</p>
+
+<p>It was about eleven o&#8217;clock in the morning of the fourth day that he
+caught sight of a column of black smoke through an opening between the
+mountains.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s the &#8216;Corsair,&#8217;&#8221; he groaned. &#8220;She&#8217;s
+getting ready to sail.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On and on he rode. He swept through the village on the panting pony and down
+to the dock to see the &#8216;Corsair&#8217; weighing anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Tad Butler set up a yell, then drove his pony <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_210'></a>210</span>into the bay. No small boats were in
+sight, so, throwing himself in the icy water, he grasped the pony&#8217;s mane
+and, swimming with the animal, headed for the ship.</p>
+
+<p>The anchor was up, but Captain Petersen had not yet signaled for slow speed
+ahead. He ordered a boat lowered and Tad was hauled aboard in a semi-dazed
+condition. Relieved of its burden, the pony rose and swam for shore. Tad was
+confined to his cabin, worn out by the hard ride and the icy swim. But he
+learned that Ketcham was on board, and Ketcham, of course, knew of Tad&#8217;s
+presence.</p>
+
+<p>The morning of their arrival at Skagway was gray and windy. The sea was
+rolling into the harbor in heavy, boisterous swells. The captain announced that
+he would not put off a boat until the sea subsided, as capsizing was certain in
+the heavy seas.</p>
+
+<p>Tad, impatient, was standing at the rail when he saw Sandy Ketcham leap over
+the rail into the sea. The boy did not hesitate. He sprang to the rail and dived
+as far out as he could, striking a rod or so behind Ketcham. Then began a
+desperate race. But youth won, and Tad staggered out of the water a few moments
+ahead of his adversary and ran for the land office, Ketcham close behind
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I file the claim to Taku Pass in the name of <span class='pagenum
+pncolor'><a id='page_211'></a>211</span>Curtis Darwood and others,&#8221;
+shouted Tad, slapping the oilskin parcel on the desk. &#8220;That man&#8217;s an
+impostor. He destroyed our markers and erected his own on our claim.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a lie!&#8221; yelled Sandy, making a leap for the boy.</p>
+
+<p>There was a furious fight, in which the interested bystanders did not
+interfere. But at last Tad&#8217;s fist shot up in a vicious uppercut on the
+man&#8217;s chin, and Sandy Ketcham settled to the floor as the boy leaped out
+of the way.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have you filed the papers?&#8221; gasped Tad.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sure, boy! You&#8217;ve won the first round. The rest will be up to
+the government, but I guess you&#8217;ve got it clinched for all
+time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>When Tad returned to Yakutat three government surveyors went with him to run
+the lines and definitely establish the claim. Sandy Ketcham also filed a claim,
+but Tad&#8217;s being the prior one the case would have to be decided by the
+proper government officials; though there was really no doubt of the
+outcome.</p>
+
+<p>For a month after Tad Butler&#8217;s return the Pony Rider Boys stayed at
+Taku Pass, panning over a section allotted to them by the Gold Diggers, each
+filling a small sack with yellow dust and a few nuggets. In addition the Gold
+Diggers insisted that the boys and their tutor jointly should have a twentieth
+interest in the <span class='pagenum pncolor'><a
+id='page_212'></a>212</span>claims, which would undoubtedly give each a
+comfortable amount of wealth.</p>
+
+<p>It was their last night in the camp and the boys and the Professor were
+talking over future plans.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going home to rest and study after my strenuous life of the
+last few seasons,&#8221; the Professor stated. &#8220;How about you,
+Walter?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Father has a job for me as messenger in a bank in St. Joseph,&#8221;
+answered Walter Perkins.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Your turn, Chunky. What&#8217;s it to be?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Banking. I&#8217;m going into Walter Perkins&#8217; father&#8217;s
+bank.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Does father know about it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course he does!&#8221; retorted Stacy. &#8220;Did you think I was
+going to break into the bank?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t tell about you,&#8221; laughed Tad. &#8220;As for Ned and
+me&#8211;Professor Zepplin&#8217;s friend, Colonel Van Zandt, who has large
+timber interests, has used his influence to get us appointments in the United
+States Forestry Service. We&#8217;ll go to work next spring. And now, fellows, I
+suggest that we give three cheers for the best fellow that ever lived, Professor
+Zepplin!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The cheers were given with a will, then all went to their tents for their
+last night in their camp in Alaska.</p>
+
+<p class='tp' style='margin-top:2em;'>THE END</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Pony Rider Boys in Alaska, by Frank Gee Patchin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PONY RIDER BOYS IN ALASKA ***
+
+***** This file should be named 30588-h.htm or 30588-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/5/8/30588/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/30588-h/images/illus-077.jpg b/30588-h/images/illus-077.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b53cae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30588-h/images/illus-077.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/30588-h/images/illus-143.jpg b/30588-h/images/illus-143.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b89c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30588-h/images/illus-143.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/30588-h/images/illus-185.jpg b/30588-h/images/illus-185.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..501197c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30588-h/images/illus-185.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/30588-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg b/30588-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..670112a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30588-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
Binary files differ